Add full NET Bible notes
This commit is contained in:
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
|
||||
{"id":14697,"verse_id":"1CH.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"The LXX reads “Noah; the sons of Noah [were] Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” Several English translations (e.g., NIV, NLT) follow the LXX. sn Shem, Ham, and Japheth were Noah’s three sons ( Gen 6:10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14698,"verse_id":"1CH.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Many medieval Hebrew mss , along with the LXX and Vulgate, read “Riphath” (see Gen 10:3 ). This is followed by several English translations (e.g., NAB, NIV, NLT), while others (e.g., ASV, NASB, NRSV) follow the MT reading (“Diphath”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14699,"verse_id":"1CH.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Or in this case, “descendants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14700,"verse_id":"1CH.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"The Kethiv has “Rodanim,” which probably refers to the island of Rhodes. The Qere has “Dodanim,” which refers to one of the most ancient and revered locations in ancient Greece. The MT and most medieval Hebrew mss of the parallel list in Gen 10:4 read “Dodanim,” but a few have “Rodanim.” tn Heb “Kittim and Rodanim.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A7/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14701,"verse_id":"1CH.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"That is, “Egypt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14702,"verse_id":"1CH.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “he began to be a mighty warrior in the earth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14703,"verse_id":"1CH.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “came forth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14704,"verse_id":"1CH.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"The words “the sons of Aram” do not appear in the Hebrew text. Apparently the phrase וּבְנֵי אֲרָם ( uvÿney ’ aram ) has accidentally dropped out of the text by homoioteleuton (note the presence of אֲרָם just before this). The phrase is included in Gen 10:23 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14705,"verse_id":"1CH.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"The MT of the parallel geneaology in Gen 10:23 reads “Mash,” but the LXX there reads “Meshech” in agreement with 1 Chr 1:17 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A17/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14706,"verse_id":"1CH.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"Some medieval Hebrew mss and the Syriac read “Obal” (see Gen 10:28 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A22/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14707,"verse_id":"1CH.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.24","text":"Some LXX mss read “Arphaxad, Cainan, Shelah” (see also the notes on Gen 10:24; 11:12-13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A24/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14708,"verse_id":"1CH.1.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.29","text":"The words “the others were” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A29/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14709,"verse_id":"1CH.1.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.36","text":"Many medieval Hebrew mss , along with some LXX mss and the Syriac, read “Zepho” (see Gen 36:11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A36/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14710,"verse_id":"1CH.1.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.36","text":"The Hebrew text has simply, “and Timna and Amalek,” but Gen 36:12 indicates that Timna, a concubine of Eliphaz, was the mother of Amalek. See also v. 39 below, which states that Timna was the sister of Lotan.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A36/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14711,"verse_id":"1CH.1.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.39","text":"Perhaps this is the Timna mentioned in v. 36 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A39/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14712,"verse_id":"1CH.1.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.40","text":"Some medieval Hebrew mss and a few LXX mss read “Alvan” (see Gen 36:23 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A40/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14713,"verse_id":"1CH.1.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.40","text":"A few medieval Hebrew mss read “Shepho” (see Gen 36:23 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A40/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14714,"verse_id":"1CH.1.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.41","text":"Heb “sons.” The Hebrew text has the plural, but only one son is listed. For stylistic reasons the singular “son” was used in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A41/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14715,"verse_id":"1CH.1.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.41","text":"The parallel geneaology in Gen 36:26 has the variant spelling “Hemdan.” Some English versions follow the variant spelling here (e.g., NAB, NIV, NCV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A41/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14716,"verse_id":"1CH.1.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.42","text":"The parallel geneaology in Gen 36:27 has the variant spelling “Akan.” Among English versions that use the variant spelling here are NIV, NCV, NLT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A42/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14717,"verse_id":"1CH.1.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.42","text":"The MT reads “Dishon” here, but this should be emended to “Dishan.” See the list in v. 38 and Gen 36:28 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A42/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14718,"verse_id":"1CH.1.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.44","text":"Heb “ruled in his place,” here and in vv. 45-50 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A44/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14719,"verse_id":"1CH.1.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.48","text":"Or “near the river.” sn The river may refer to the Euphrates River (cf. NRSV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A48/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14720,"verse_id":"1CH.1.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.50","text":"Many medieval Hebrew mss , along with some LXX mss , the Syriac, and Vulgate, read “Pau.” See also Gen 36:39 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A50/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14721,"verse_id":"1CH.1.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.53","text":"The parallel genealogy in Gen 36:42 has the variant spelling “Temam.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A53/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14722,"verse_id":"1CH.1.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.54","text":"Each of the names in this list is preceded by the word “chief” in the Hebrew text. This has not been included in the translation because it would appear very redundant to the modern reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A54/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
{"id":1772,"verse_id":"1CH.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"Perhaps this refers to the scattering of the people at Babel ( Gen 11:1-9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A19/1"}
|
||||
{"id":1773,"verse_id":"1CH.1.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"1.32","text":"A concubine was a slave woman in ancient Near Eastern societies who was the legal property of her master, but who could have legitimate sexual relations with her master. A concubine’s status was more elevated than a mere servant, but she was not free and did not have the legal rights of a free wife. The children of a concubine could, in some instances, become equal heirs with the children of the free wife. After the period of the Judges concubines may have become more of a royal prerogative ( 2 Sam 21:10-14 ; 1 Kgs 11:3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A32/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
|
||||
{"id":14896,"verse_id":"1CH.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “stuck close after.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14897,"verse_id":"1CH.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “the Philistines.” The translation has substituted the pronoun “they” to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A2/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14898,"verse_id":"1CH.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “heavy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14899,"verse_id":"1CH.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “and they found him, the ones who shoot with the bow, and he was in pain from the ones shooting.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A3/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14900,"verse_id":"1CH.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “so these uncircumcised ones might not come and abuse me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14901,"verse_id":"1CH.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “all his house.” This is probably to be understood as a general summary statement. It could include other males in Saul’s household besides his three sons, cf. 1 Sam 31:6 . If it refers only to the male members of his household who would have stood in succession to the throne (cf. NLT, “bringing his dynasty to an end,”) even here there is an exception, since one of Saul’s sons, Eshbaal (or “Ishbosheth” in 2 Sam 2:8 ) was not killed in the battle and became king over Israel, which he ruled for two years ( 2 Sam 2:10 ) until he was assassinated by Rechab and Baanah ( 2 Sam 4:5-6 ). The tribe of Judah never acknowledged Ishbosheth as king; instead they followed David ( 2 Sam 2:10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14902,"verse_id":"1CH.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the army) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14903,"verse_id":"1CH.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Or “god.” The Hebrew term may be translated as singular or plural depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14904,"verse_id":"1CH.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “arose and carried away the corpse of Saul and the corpses of his sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14905,"verse_id":"1CH.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “their bones.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A12/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14906,"verse_id":"1CH.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “and Saul died because of his unfaithfulness by which he acted unfaithfully against the Lord , concerning the word of the Lord which he did not keep, also to Saul, a ritual pit to seek.” The text alludes to the incident recorded in . The Hebrew term אוֹב (’ ov , “ritual pit”) refers to a pit used by a magician to conjure up underworld spirits. In 1 Sam 28:7 the witch of Endor is called a בַּעֲלַת־אוֹב ( ba ’ alat- ’ ov , “owner of a ritual pit”). See H. A. Hoffner, “Second Millennium Antecedents to the Hebrew áo‚b ,” JBL 86 (1967): 385-401.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14907,"verse_id":"1CH.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A14/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
|
||||
{"id":14908,"verse_id":"1CH.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.1","text":"Heb “look, your bone and your flesh [are] we.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14909,"verse_id":"1CH.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “you were the one who led out and the one who brought in Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14910,"verse_id":"1CH.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"Heb “elders.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14911,"verse_id":"1CH.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.3","text":"Or “covenant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A3/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14912,"verse_id":"1CH.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “all Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14913,"verse_id":"1CH.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “and there [were] the Jebusites, the inhabitants of the land.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A4/3"}
|
||||
{"id":14914,"verse_id":"1CH.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.6","text":"Or perhaps “strikes down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A6/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14915,"verse_id":"1CH.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “head and officer.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A6/3"}
|
||||
{"id":14916,"verse_id":"1CH.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “went up.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A6/4"}
|
||||
{"id":14917,"verse_id":"1CH.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “head.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A6/5"}
|
||||
{"id":14918,"verse_id":"1CH.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"Heb “to that which surrounds.” On the referent here as “the surrounding walls,” see HALOT 740 s.v. סָבִיב .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14919,"verse_id":"1CH.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"Heb “and David went, going and becoming great, and the Lord who commands armies [traditionally, Lord of hosts] was with him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14920,"verse_id":"1CH.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"Heb “and these are the number of the warriors who were David’s.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A11/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14921,"verse_id":"1CH.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"11.11","text":"The marginal reading ( Qere ) has “officers;” the consonantal text ( Kethib ) has “the Thirty” (see v. 15 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A11/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14922,"verse_id":"1CH.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.11","text":"Heb “he was wielding his spear against 300, [who were] slain at one time.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A11/3"}
|
||||
{"id":14923,"verse_id":"1CH.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.12","text":"Heb “after him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14924,"verse_id":"1CH.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"Some read here “Ephes Dammim.” See 1 Sam 17:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14925,"verse_id":"1CH.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.14","text":"Heb “delivered it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A14/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14926,"verse_id":"1CH.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.14","text":"Heb “and the Lord delivered [with] a great deliverance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A14/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14927,"verse_id":"1CH.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A16/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14928,"verse_id":"1CH.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"Heb “Who will give me water to drink?” On the rhetorical use of מִי ( mi ) here, see BDB 566 s.v. f.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14929,"verse_id":"1CH.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.18","text":"Heb “the three,” referring to the three elite warriors mentioned in v. 12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A18/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14930,"verse_id":"1CH.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.19","text":"Heb “Far be it to me from my God from doing this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A19/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14931,"verse_id":"1CH.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.19","text":"Heb “with their lives.” The same expression occurs later in this verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A19/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14932,"verse_id":"1CH.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.19","text":"Heb “These things the three warriors did.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A19/3"}
|
||||
{"id":14933,"verse_id":"1CH.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.20","text":"The Syriac reads “thirty” here and at the beginning of v. 21 ; this reading is followed by some English translations (cf. NAB, NASB, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A20/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14934,"verse_id":"1CH.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.20","text":"Heb “he was wielding his spear against three hundred, [who were] slain.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A20/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14935,"verse_id":"1CH.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.20","text":"Heb “and to him [reading with the Qere ] there was a name among the three.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A20/3"}
|
||||
{"id":14936,"verse_id":"1CH.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.21","text":"Or “more than.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A21/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14937,"verse_id":"1CH.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.21","text":"Heb “of the three.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A21/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14938,"verse_id":"1CH.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.22","text":"Heb “the two of Ariel, Moab.” The precise meaning of אֲרִיאֵל (’ ari ’ el ) is uncertain; some read “warrior.” The present translation assumes that the word is a proper name and that בְּנֵי ( bÿney , “sons of”) has accidentally dropped from the text by homoioarcton (note the preceding שְׁנֵי , shÿney ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A22/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14939,"verse_id":"1CH.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.23","text":"Heb “five cubits.” Assuming a length of 18 inches for the standard cubit, this individual would be 7.5 feet (2.3 m) tall.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A23/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14940,"verse_id":"1CH.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.23","text":"Heb “went down to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A23/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14941,"verse_id":"1CH.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.25","text":"Or “more than.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A25/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14942,"verse_id":"1CH.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.26","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A26/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14943,"verse_id":"1CH.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.27","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 23:25 has the variant spelling of “Shammah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A27/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14944,"verse_id":"1CH.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.27","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 23:26 has the variant spelling of “Paltite.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A27/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14945,"verse_id":"1CH.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.29","text":"In 2 Sam 23:27 this individual’s name is given as “Mebunnai.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A29/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14946,"verse_id":"1CH.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.29","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 23:28 has the variant “Zalmon.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A29/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14947,"verse_id":"1CH.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.31","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 23:29 has the variant spelling “Ittai.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A31/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14948,"verse_id":"1CH.11.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.32","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 23:28 has the variant spelling “Hiddai.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A32/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14949,"verse_id":"1CH.11.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.32","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 23:31 has the variant spelling “Abi-Albon.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A32/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14950,"verse_id":"1CH.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.33","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 23:31 has the variant spelling “Barhumite.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A33/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14951,"verse_id":"1CH.11.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.34","text":"In 2 Sam 23:32 this individual’s name is given as “Jashen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A34/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14952,"verse_id":"1CH.11.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.34","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 23:33 has the variant spelling “Shammah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A34/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14953,"verse_id":"1CH.11.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.35","text":"In 2 Sam 23:33 this individual’s name is given as “Sharar.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A35/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14954,"verse_id":"1CH.11.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.35","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 23:34 has the variant “Eliphelet son of Ahasbai the Maacathite.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A35/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14955,"verse_id":"1CH.11.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.37","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 23:35 has the variant spelling “Hezrai.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A37/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14956,"verse_id":"1CH.11.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.38","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 23:36 has the variant “Igal son of Nathan from Zobah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A38/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
{"id":1787,"verse_id":"1CH.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"2","reference":"11.4","text":"Jebus was an older name for the city of Jerusalem (cf. Josh 15:8 ; Judg 1:21 ). map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A4/2"}
|
||||
{"id":1788,"verse_id":"1CH.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"11.6","text":"Verse 6 inserts into the narrative parenthetical information about Joab’s role in the conquest of the city. Verse 7 then picks up where v. 5 left off.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A6/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
|
||||
{"id":14957,"verse_id":"1CH.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “kept from.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14958,"verse_id":"1CH.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"Heb “ones armed with bow[s], using the right hand and the left hand with stones and with arrows with the bow, from the brothers of Saul from Benjamin.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14959,"verse_id":"1CH.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.2","text":"The words “These were” have been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons, because of the length of the intervening material since the beginning of the verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A2/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14960,"verse_id":"1CH.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “warriors, men of battle for war, prepared with shield and spear, and [like] the face of a lion were their faces, and like gazelles on the hills to hurry.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14961,"verse_id":"1CH.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.14","text":"Heb “one for a hundred the small, and the great for a thousand.” Another option is to translate the preposition - לְ ( lamed ) as “against” and to understand this as a hyperbolic reference to their prowess: “the least could stand against a hundred, the greatest against a thousand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A14/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14962,"verse_id":"1CH.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.15","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A15/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14963,"verse_id":"1CH.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.15","text":"Heb “and they chased all the valleys to the east and to the west.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A15/3"}
|
||||
{"id":14964,"verse_id":"1CH.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.17","text":"Heb “and David went out before them and answered and said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14965,"verse_id":"1CH.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.17","text":"Heb “there will be to me concerning you a heart for unity.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A17/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14966,"verse_id":"1CH.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.17","text":"Heb “with no violence in my hands.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A17/3"}
|
||||
{"id":14967,"verse_id":"1CH.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.17","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A17/4"}
|
||||
{"id":14968,"verse_id":"1CH.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.18","text":"Perhaps “the Spirit,” but the text has simply רוּחַ ( ruakh ) with no article (suggesting an indefinite reference).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A18/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14969,"verse_id":"1CH.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.18","text":"Heb “clothed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A18/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14970,"verse_id":"1CH.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.18","text":"The words “and he said” are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A18/3"}
|
||||
{"id":14971,"verse_id":"1CH.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.18","text":"Heb “are with.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A18/4"}
|
||||
{"id":14972,"verse_id":"1CH.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.18","text":"Heb “Peace, peace to you.” The Hebrew term שָׁלוֹם ( shalom , “peace”) is repeated to emphasize degree.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A18/5"}
|
||||
{"id":14973,"verse_id":"1CH.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"12.18","text":"Heb “and peace to the one who helps you.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A18/6"}
|
||||
{"id":14974,"verse_id":"1CH.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"12.18","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A18/7"}
|
||||
{"id":14975,"verse_id":"1CH.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.19","text":"Heb “fell upon,” here in a good sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A19/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14976,"verse_id":"1CH.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.19","text":"Heb “and they did not help them for by counsel they sent him away, the lords of the Philistines, saying, ‘With our heads he will fall to his master Saul.’”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A19/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14977,"verse_id":"1CH.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.20","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A20/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14978,"verse_id":"1CH.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.22","text":"Heb “for at the time of day in a day they were coming to David to help him until [there was] a great camp like the camp of God.” The term אֱלֹהִים (’ elohim , “God”) is probably used idiomatically here to indicate the superlative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A22/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14979,"verse_id":"1CH.12.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.23","text":"Heb “these are the numbers of the heads of the forces armed for battle [who] came to David in Hebron to turn over the kingdom of Saul to him according to the mouth of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A23/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14980,"verse_id":"1CH.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.24","text":"Heb “the sons of Judah, carrying shield and spear, [were] 6,800 armed for battle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A24/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14981,"verse_id":"1CH.12.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.29","text":"Heb “from the sons of Benjamin, the brothers of Saul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A29/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14982,"verse_id":"1CH.12.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.29","text":"Heb “and until then, the majority of them were keeping the charge of the house of Saul.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A29/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14983,"verse_id":"1CH.12.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.30","text":"Heb “men of names for the house of their fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A30/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14984,"verse_id":"1CH.12.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.32","text":"Heb “from the sons of Issachar, knowers of understanding for times to know what Israel should do, their heads [were] 200, and all their brothers according to their mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A32/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14985,"verse_id":"1CH.12.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.33","text":"Heb “from Zebulun, those going out for battle, prepared for war with all weapons of war, 50,000, and to help without a heart and a heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A33/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14986,"verse_id":"1CH.12.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.38","text":"Heb “all these [were] men of war, helpers of the battle line.” The present translation assumes an emendation of עֹדְרֵי (’ odÿrey , “helpers of”) to עֹרְכֵי , (’ orÿkhey , “prepared for”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A38/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14987,"verse_id":"1CH.12.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.38","text":"Heb “with a complete heart they came to Hebron to make David king over all Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A38/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14988,"verse_id":"1CH.12.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.38","text":"Heb “and also all the rest of Israel [was of] one mind to make David king.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A38/3"}
|
||||
{"id":14989,"verse_id":"1CH.12.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.39","text":"Heb “eating and drinking.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A39/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14990,"verse_id":"1CH.12.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.40","text":"Heb “cattle and sheep.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A40/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14991,"verse_id":"1CH.12.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.40","text":"Heb “for there was joy in Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A40/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
{"id":1789,"verse_id":"1CH.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"12.4","text":"In the Hebrew text ( BHS ) a verse division occurs at this point, and for the remainder of the chapter the verse numbers of the Hebrew Bible differ by one from the English Bible. Thus 1 Chr 12:4 b ET = 12:5 HT, and 12:5-40 ET = 12:6-41 HT. Beginning with 13:1 the verse numbers in the ET and HT are again the same.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":1790,"verse_id":"1CH.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"2","reference":"12.15","text":"That is, March-April.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A15/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
|
||||
{"id":14992,"verse_id":"1CH.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.1","text":"Heb “and David consulted with the officers of thousands and hundreds, to every ruler.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14993,"verse_id":"1CH.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “If to you [it is] good and from the Lord our God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14994,"verse_id":"1CH.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “let us spread and let us send.” The words “the word” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A2/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14995,"verse_id":"1CH.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “in the cities of their pasturelands.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A2/3"}
|
||||
{"id":14996,"verse_id":"1CH.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “to us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14997,"verse_id":"1CH.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “him.” In this case, seeking God’s will is what is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A3/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14998,"verse_id":"1CH.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “in the days of Saul.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A3/3"}
|
||||
{"id":14999,"verse_id":"1CH.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “all the assembly said to do so.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15000,"verse_id":"1CH.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “for right was the word in the eyes of all the people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A4/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15001,"verse_id":"1CH.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied for clarity. sn The Shihor River was a river on the border of Egypt, probably the eastern branch of the Nile.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A5/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15002,"verse_id":"1CH.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.5","text":"Or “the entrance to Hamath.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A5/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15003,"verse_id":"1CH.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “the ark of God the Lord who sits [between] the cherubim which is called [by his] name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15004,"verse_id":"1CH.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.8","text":"Heb “with all strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15005,"verse_id":"1CH.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.8","text":"Heb “with songs and with zithers [meaning uncertain] and with harps.” Due to the collocation with “harps,” some type of stringed instrument is probably in view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A8/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15006,"verse_id":"1CH.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"Or “to steady.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15007,"verse_id":"1CH.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.10","text":"Heb “and the anger of the Lord burned against Uzzah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15008,"verse_id":"1CH.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.10","text":"Heb “because he stretched out his hand over the ark.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A10/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15009,"verse_id":"1CH.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “because the Lord broke out [with] breaking out [i.e., an outburst] against Uzzah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A11/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
|
||||
{"id":1791,"verse_id":"1CH.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"3","reference":"13.10","text":"The modern reader might think God seemed to overreact here, but Israel needed a vivid object lesson of God’s holiness. By loading the ark on a cart, David had violated the instructions in God’s law ( Exod 25:12-14 ; Num 4:5-6, 15 ). Uzzah’s action, however innocent it may seem, betrayed a certain lack of reverence for God’s presence. God had to remind his people that his holiness could not under any circumstances be violated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A10/3"}
|
||||
{"id":1792,"verse_id":"1CH.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"2","reference":"13.11","text":"The name Perez Uzzah means in Hebrew “the outburst [against] Uzzah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A11/2"}
|
||||
{"id":1793,"verse_id":"1CH.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"13.13","text":"The phrase the City of David refers here to the fortress of Zion in Jerusalem, not to Bethlehem. See 2 Sam 5:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A13/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
{"id":15010,"verse_id":"1CH.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.1","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15011,"verse_id":"1CH.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.1","text":"Heb “craftsman of a wall,” that is, masons skilled at building stone walls.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A1/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15012,"verse_id":"1CH.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb “was lifted upwards.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15013,"verse_id":"1CH.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15014,"verse_id":"1CH.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “took.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A3/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15015,"verse_id":"1CH.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"In 1 Chr 3:8 and 2 Sam 5:16 this name appears as “Eliada.” The form here represents a variant spelling of the name.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15016,"verse_id":"1CH.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"Or “designated”; NCV “had been made king”; CEV “had become king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15017,"verse_id":"1CH.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “to seek David.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A8/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15018,"verse_id":"1CH.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “went out before.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A8/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15019,"verse_id":"1CH.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.9","text":"Heb “stripped.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15020,"verse_id":"1CH.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.11","text":"Heb “by my hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A11/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15021,"verse_id":"1CH.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"Heb “abandoned.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15022,"verse_id":"1CH.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.12","text":"Heb “gods.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A12/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15023,"verse_id":"1CH.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.14","text":"Heb “and David again asked God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A14/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15024,"verse_id":"1CH.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.14","text":"The words “this time” are not in the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A14/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15025,"verse_id":"1CH.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.14","text":"The Hebrew word translated “trees” is defined by HALOT 129 s.v. בָּכָא as “shrubs.” Some translate “balsam trees” (see BDB 113 s.v. בָּכָא ), cf. NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A14/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15026,"verse_id":"1CH.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “go out in battle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A15/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15027,"verse_id":"1CH.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “camp.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A15/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15028,"verse_id":"1CH.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.17","text":"Heb “the name of David went out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15029,"verse_id":"1CH.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.17","text":"Heb “and the Lord placed fear of him upon all the nations.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A17/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
{"id":1794,"verse_id":"1CH.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"2","reference":"14.11","text":"The name Baal Perazim means “Lord of outbursts” in Hebrew.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A11/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
|
||||
{"id":15030,"verse_id":"1CH.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.3","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15031,"verse_id":"1CH.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.13","text":"Heb “because for what was at first [i.e., formerly] you [were] not, the Lord our God broke out against us, because we did not seek him concerning the procedure.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15032,"verse_id":"1CH.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.16","text":"Heb “causing to be heard to lift up with a voice of joy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A16/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15033,"verse_id":"1CH.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.17","text":"The Hebrew text adds, “their brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15034,"verse_id":"1CH.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"15.18","text":"The Hebrew text adds בֶּן ( ben , “son”) here; the word is omitted in three Hebrew mss and most LXX mss . If the word is original, perhaps the name of Zechariah’s father was accidentally omitted. Some English versions treat the word as an additional name in the list (“Ben”; e.g., KJV, ASV, NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A18/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15035,"verse_id":"1CH.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.20","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew word עֲלָמוֹת (’ alamot ) is uncertain; perhaps it refers to a particular style of music. See HALOT 835-36 s.v. עַלְמָה .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A20/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15036,"verse_id":"1CH.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.21","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew word שְׁמִינִית ( shÿminit ) is uncertain; perhaps it refers to a particular style of music. See HALOT 1562 s.v. שְׁמִינֹי .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A21/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15037,"verse_id":"1CH.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.21","text":"Heb “for” or “according to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A21/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15038,"verse_id":"1CH.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.22","text":"Heb “and Kenaniah, the leader of the Levites, with lifting up, supervising with lifting up, for he was well-informed.” The precise nuance of מַשָּׂא ( masa ’, “lifting up”) is unclear. Some understand it as a reference to supervising the singing and music (e.g., NIV: “Kenaniah…was in charge of the singing”; NEB: “Kenaniah…was precentor in charge of the music”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A22/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15039,"verse_id":"1CH.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.23","text":"Heb “gatekeepers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A23/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15040,"verse_id":"1CH.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.24","text":"Heb “gatekeepers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A24/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15041,"verse_id":"1CH.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.27","text":"Heb “the leader, the lifting up, the musicians.” See also the note on the word “matter” in v. 22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A27/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15042,"verse_id":"1CH.15.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.29","text":"The Hebrew text adds “in her heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A29/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
{"id":1795,"verse_id":"1CH.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"15.7","text":"Gershom is a variant spelling of the name Gershon.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":1796,"verse_id":"1CH.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"2","reference":"15.27","text":"An ephod was a priestly garment worn over the robe.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A27/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
|
||||
{"id":15043,"verse_id":"1CH.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.1","text":"Or “tokens of peace”; NIV “fellowship offerings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15044,"verse_id":"1CH.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.11","text":"Heb “face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A11/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15045,"verse_id":"1CH.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.12","text":"Heb “and the judgments of his mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15046,"verse_id":"1CH.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.13","text":"Heb “seed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15047,"verse_id":"1CH.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.13","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A13/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15048,"verse_id":"1CH.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.13","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A13/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15049,"verse_id":"1CH.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.14","text":"Heb “in all the earth [are] his judgments.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A14/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15050,"verse_id":"1CH.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.15","text":"The Hebrew text has a masculine plural imperative, addressed to the people. Some LXX mss harmonize the wording here to Ps 105:8 , which has זָכַר ( zakhar ), the perfect third masculine singular form of the verb, “He (the Lord ) remembers” (so NIV; NEB reads “He called to mind his covenant”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A15/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15051,"verse_id":"1CH.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.15","text":"Heb “[the] word he commanded.” The text refers here to God’s unconditional covenantal promise to Abraham and the patriarchs, as vv. 16-18 make clear.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A15/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15052,"verse_id":"1CH.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.16","text":"Heb “which.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A16/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15053,"verse_id":"1CH.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.16","text":"Heb “his oath to Isaac.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A16/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15054,"verse_id":"1CH.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.17","text":"Or “eternal covenant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15055,"verse_id":"1CH.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.20","text":"Heb “and from a kingdom to another nation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A20/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15056,"verse_id":"1CH.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.22","text":"The word “saying” is supplied in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A22/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15057,"verse_id":"1CH.16.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.23","text":"Heb “from day to day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A23/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15058,"verse_id":"1CH.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.24","text":"The verb “tell” is understood by ellipsis (note the preceding line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A24/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15059,"verse_id":"1CH.16.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.25","text":"Or “feared above.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A25/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15060,"verse_id":"1CH.16.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.26","text":"The Hebrew word אֱלִילִים (’ elilim , “worthless”) sounds like אֱלֹהִים (’ elohim , “gods”). The sound play draws attention to the statement. Many modern English translations render this term as “idols” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A26/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15061,"verse_id":"1CH.16.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.26","text":"Or “the sky” (also in v. 31 ). The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven(s)” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A26/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15062,"verse_id":"1CH.16.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.27","text":"Heb “majesty and splendor [are] before him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A27/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15063,"verse_id":"1CH.16.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.27","text":"Heb “strength and joy [are] in his place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A27/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15064,"verse_id":"1CH.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.29","text":"Heb “the splendor of [i.e., due] his name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A29/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15065,"verse_id":"1CH.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.29","text":"Or “in holy splendor.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A29/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15066,"verse_id":"1CH.16.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.31","text":"Heb “let them say among the nations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A31/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15067,"verse_id":"1CH.16.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.34","text":"Or “is eternal.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A34/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15068,"verse_id":"1CH.16.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.35","text":"The words “this prayer” are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A35/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15069,"verse_id":"1CH.16.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.35","text":"Heb “to give thanks.” The infinitive construct indicates result after the imperative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A35/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15070,"verse_id":"1CH.16.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.35","text":"Heb “to boast in your praise.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A35/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15071,"verse_id":"1CH.16.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.36","text":"Heb “from everlasting to everlasting.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A36/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15072,"verse_id":"1CH.16.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.36","text":"This is the Hebrew term אָמֵן (’ amen , “surely”), traditionally transliterated “amen.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A36/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15073,"verse_id":"1CH.16.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.37","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A37/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15074,"verse_id":"1CH.16.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.37","text":"Heb “according to the matter of the day in its day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A37/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15075,"verse_id":"1CH.16.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.39","text":"The word “served” is supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A39/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15076,"verse_id":"1CH.16.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.39","text":"Or “high place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A39/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15077,"verse_id":"1CH.16.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.40","text":"Heb “which he commanded Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A40/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15078,"verse_id":"1CH.16.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.41","text":"Perhaps this refers to the refrain of their songs of praise (see ). In this case one could translate, “to give thanks to the Lord with songs using the refrain, ‘For his loyal love endures.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A41/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15079,"verse_id":"1CH.16.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.42","text":"Heb “and with them, Heman and Jeduthun, trumpets and cymbals for sounding, and the instrument of song of God, and the sons of Jeduthun [were] at the gate.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A42/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15080,"verse_id":"1CH.16.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.43","text":"Heb “to bless his house.” Elsewhere when “house” is the object of “bless,” it refers to a household or family. See, for example, 1 Chr 13:14; 17:27 . However, since בֵּית ( bet , “house”) refers to a literal house or home earlier in the verse and to David’s palace in 17:1 , one might translate here, “David went to pronounce a blessing on [i.e., dedicate] his house [i.e., palace].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A43/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
|
||||
{"id":15081,"verse_id":"1CH.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.1","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15082,"verse_id":"1CH.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.1","text":"Heb “David.” The pronoun “he” has been used in the translation here to avoid redundancy in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A1/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15083,"verse_id":"1CH.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.1","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A1/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15084,"verse_id":"1CH.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.1","text":"Heb “tent curtains.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A1/4"}
|
||||
{"id":15085,"verse_id":"1CH.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.2","text":"Heb “all which is in your heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15086,"verse_id":"1CH.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.3","text":"Heb “the word of God was [i.e., came] to Nathan the prophet.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15087,"verse_id":"1CH.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.5","text":"The words “from Egypt” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A5/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15088,"verse_id":"1CH.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"17.5","text":"Heb “and I was from tent to tent and from tabernacle.” The words אֶל־מִשְּׁכָּן (’ el-mishÿkan , “to tabernacle”) should probably be added at the end of the sentence to complete this prepositional phrase and produce symmetry with the preceding prepositional phrase. The words probably fell from the text by homoioteleuton. sn I have lived in a tent that has been in various places. The point here is that the Lord moved with the tabernacle as it moved from place to place; he did not confine himself to a particular location.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A5/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15089,"verse_id":"1CH.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.6","text":"In the Hebrew text the statement is phrased as a rhetorical question (“Did I say?”) meaning “I did not say.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15090,"verse_id":"1CH.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.6","text":"Heb “to one of the judges of Israel whom I commanded to shepherd my people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A6/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15091,"verse_id":"1CH.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.7","text":"Traditionally, “ Lord of hosts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15092,"verse_id":"1CH.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.7","text":"Heb “and from after sheep.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A7/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15093,"verse_id":"1CH.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “cut off.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15094,"verse_id":"1CH.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “and I will make for you a name like the name of the great men who are in the earth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A8/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15095,"verse_id":"1CH.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.9","text":"Heb “plant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15096,"verse_id":"1CH.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.9","text":"Heb “shaken.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A9/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15097,"verse_id":"1CH.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.9","text":"Heb “and sons of violence will no longer consume them as in the beginning.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A9/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15098,"verse_id":"1CH.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.10","text":"Here the word “house” is used in a metaphorical sense, referring to a royal dynasty. The Lord ’s use of the word here plays off the literal sense that David had in mind as he contemplated building a temple (“house”) for the Lord . In the translation the adjective “dynastic” is supplied to indicate that the term is used metaphorically.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15099,"verse_id":"1CH.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.11","text":"Heb “and it will be when your days are full to go with your ancestors.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A11/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15100,"verse_id":"1CH.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.11","text":"Heb “your seed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A11/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15101,"verse_id":"1CH.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"Heb “and I will establish his throne permanently.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15102,"verse_id":"1CH.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.14","text":"Heb “and his throne will be established permanently.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A14/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15103,"verse_id":"1CH.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “according to all these words and according to all this revelation, so Nathan said to David.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A15/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15104,"verse_id":"1CH.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.16","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A16/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15105,"verse_id":"1CH.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.17","text":"Heb “and this was small in your eyes, O God, so you spoke concerning the house of your servant for a distance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15106,"verse_id":"1CH.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.17","text":"The translation “You have revealed to me what men long to know” is very tentative; the meaning of the Hebrew text is unclear. The text appears to read literally, “and you see me like the searching of man, that which is upward,” which is nonsensical. The translation above assumes the following: (1) The Qal verb translated “you see me” is repointed as a Hiphil, “you showed me,” (2) תּוֹר ( tor ) is understood in the sense of “searching, exploring,” and (3) הַמַּעֲלָה ( hamma ’ alah ) is taken in a temporal sense of “that which lies beyond.” Thus one could translate, “you have shown me what men search for, what lies beyond.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A17/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15107,"verse_id":"1CH.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.18","text":"The word “say” is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A18/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15108,"verse_id":"1CH.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.18","text":"Heb “for honoring your servant, and you, your servant, know.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A18/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15109,"verse_id":"1CH.17.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.19","text":"Heb “heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A19/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15110,"verse_id":"1CH.17.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.19","text":"Heb “to make known all the great deeds.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A19/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15111,"verse_id":"1CH.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.20","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “in all which we heard with our ears,” but בְּכֹל ( bÿkhol , “in all”) should probably be emended to כְּכֹל ( kÿkhol , “according to all”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A20/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15112,"verse_id":"1CH.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.21","text":"Heb “a nation, one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A21/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15113,"verse_id":"1CH.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.21","text":"Heb “whose God,” or “because God.” In the Hebrew text this clause is subordinated to what precedes. The clauses are separated in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A21/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15114,"verse_id":"1CH.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.21","text":"Heb “redeem” or “deliver.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A21/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15115,"verse_id":"1CH.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.21","text":"Heb “to make for yourself a name [with] great and awesome [deeds].”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A21/4"}
|
||||
{"id":15116,"verse_id":"1CH.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.21","text":"Heb “to drive out.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A21/5"}
|
||||
{"id":15117,"verse_id":"1CH.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"17.21","text":"Heb “from Egypt, nations.” The parallel text in 2 Sam 7:23 reads “from Egypt, nations and its gods.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A21/6"}
|
||||
{"id":15118,"verse_id":"1CH.17.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.22","text":"Heb “and you made your people Israel your own for a people permanently.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A22/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15119,"verse_id":"1CH.17.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.23","text":"Heb “and now, O Lord , the word which you spoke concerning your servant and concerning his house, may it be established permanently.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A23/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15120,"verse_id":"1CH.17.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.23","text":"Heb “as you have spoken.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A23/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15121,"verse_id":"1CH.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.24","text":"Following the imperative in v. 23 b, the prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose/result: “so it might become a reality.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A24/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15122,"verse_id":"1CH.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.24","text":"Heb “so it might be established.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A24/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15123,"verse_id":"1CH.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.24","text":"Heb “and your name might be great permanently.” Following the imperative in v. 23 b, the prefixed verbal form with vav conjunctive indicates purpose/result (parallel to the previous purpose/result clause): “[so]…you might gain lasting fame.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A24/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15124,"verse_id":"1CH.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.24","text":"Heb “saying.” The words “as people” are supplied in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A24/4"}
|
||||
{"id":15125,"verse_id":"1CH.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"17.24","text":"Heb “the Lord who commands armies [traditionally, the Lord of hosts], the God of Israel, Israel’s God.” The phrases אֱלֹהֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל (’ elohey yisra ’ el , “God of Israel”) and אֱלֹהִים לְיִשְׂרָאֵל (’ elohim lÿyisra ’ el , “Israel’s God”) are probably alternative readings that have been conflated in the text.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A24/5"}
|
||||
{"id":15126,"verse_id":"1CH.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"17.24","text":"Heb “the house of David.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A24/6"}
|
||||
{"id":15127,"verse_id":"1CH.17.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.25","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A25/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15128,"verse_id":"1CH.17.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.25","text":"Heb “That is why your servant found to pray before you.” Perhaps the phrase אֶת לִבּוֹ (’ et libbo , “his heart”) should be supplied as the object of the verb “found.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A25/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15129,"verse_id":"1CH.17.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.26","text":"Heb “the God.” The article indicates uniqueness here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A26/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15130,"verse_id":"1CH.17.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.26","text":"Heb “and you have spoken to your servant this good thing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A26/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15131,"verse_id":"1CH.17.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.27","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A27/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15132,"verse_id":"1CH.17.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.27","text":"Heb “for you, O Lord , have blessed and [it is] blessed permanently.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A27/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
{"id":1797,"verse_id":"1CH.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"17.13","text":"The one who ruled before you is a reference to Saul, from whom the kingdom was taken and given to David.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A13/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
|
||||
{"id":15133,"verse_id":"1CH.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.1","text":"2 Sam 8:1 identifies this region as “Metheg Ammah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15134,"verse_id":"1CH.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.1","text":"Heb “from the hand of the Philistines.” Here “hand” is figurative language for “control.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A1/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15135,"verse_id":"1CH.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.2","text":"Heb “and the Moabites were servants of David, carriers of tribute.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15136,"verse_id":"1CH.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15137,"verse_id":"1CH.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “when he went to set up his hand at the Euphrates River.” The Hebrew word יָד ( yad , “hand”) is usually understood to mean “control” or “dominion” here. However, since יָד does occasionally refer to a monument, perhaps one could translate, “to set up his monument at the Euphrates River” (i.e., as a visible marker of the limits of his dominion). For another example of the Hiphil of נָצַב ( natsav ) used with יָד (“monument”), see 1 Sam 15:12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A3/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15138,"verse_id":"1CH.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.4","text":"Or “horsemen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15139,"verse_id":"1CH.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.4","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Hadadezer) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A4/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15140,"verse_id":"1CH.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.4","text":"Heb “and David cut the hamstrings of all the chariot horses, and he left from them one hundred chariot horses.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A4/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15141,"verse_id":"1CH.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"18.6","text":"Heb “and David placed in Aram of Damascus.” The object נְצִיבִים ( nÿtsivim , “garrisons”) appears to have been accidentally omitted from the text. See v. 13 , as well as the parallel passage in 2 Sam 8:6 , which includes it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15142,"verse_id":"1CH.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.6","text":"Or “delivered.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A6/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15143,"verse_id":"1CH.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.6","text":"Or “wherever he went.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A6/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15144,"verse_id":"1CH.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.7","text":"Heb “which were upon the servants of Hadadezer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15145,"verse_id":"1CH.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.7","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A7/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15146,"verse_id":"1CH.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.8","text":"The MT reads “Tibhath” here, a variant name for Tebah (cf. 2 Sam 8:8 ). Some English translations substitute the other version of the name here (e.g., NIV, NLT), while others follow the reading of the Hebrew text at this point (e.g., NAB, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15147,"verse_id":"1CH.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.8","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 8:8 has the variant name “Berothai.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A8/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15148,"verse_id":"1CH.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.8","text":"Heb “the sea of bronze,” or “[the] sea, the bronze one.” See the note at 1 Kgs 7:23 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A8/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15149,"verse_id":"1CH.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.9","text":"The name is spelled “Toi” in the parallel text in 2 Sam 8:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15150,"verse_id":"1CH.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.10","text":"The name is spelled “Joram” in the parallel text in 2 Sam 8:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15151,"verse_id":"1CH.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “to ask concerning him for peace.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A10/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15152,"verse_id":"1CH.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “and to bless him because he fought with Hadadezer and defeated him, for Hadadezer was a man of battles with Tou.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A10/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15153,"verse_id":"1CH.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “[along with] all items of gold and silver and bronze.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A10/4"}
|
||||
{"id":15154,"verse_id":"1CH.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “also them King David made holy to the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A11/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15155,"verse_id":"1CH.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “from.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A11/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15156,"verse_id":"1CH.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"18.11","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 8:12 of the MT reads “Aram.” However, a few Hebrew mss along with the LXX and Syriac of 2 Sam 8:12 read “Edom” in agreement with 1 Chr 18:11 (cf. 2 Sam 8:14 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A11/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15157,"verse_id":"1CH.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.12","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 8:13 attributes this victory to David.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15158,"verse_id":"1CH.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.13","text":"Or “delivered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15159,"verse_id":"1CH.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.13","text":"Or “wherever he went.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A13/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15160,"verse_id":"1CH.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.14","text":"Heb “and he was doing what is just and fair for all his people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A14/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15161,"verse_id":"1CH.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.15","text":"Heb “over.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A15/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15162,"verse_id":"1CH.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.16","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 8:17 has the variant spelling “Seraiah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A16/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15163,"verse_id":"1CH.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.17","text":"Heb “[was] over.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15164,"verse_id":"1CH.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.17","text":"Heb “and the sons of David [were] the heads at the hand of David.” The parallel text of 2 Sam 8:18 identifies them as “priests” (see sn there on the word “priests”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A17/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
|
||||
{"id":15165,"verse_id":"1CH.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “do loyalty.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15166,"verse_id":"1CH.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “did loyalty.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A2/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15167,"verse_id":"1CH.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “to console him concerning his father.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A2/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15168,"verse_id":"1CH.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “and the servants of David came to the land of the sons of Ammon to Hanun to console him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A2/4"}
|
||||
{"id":15169,"verse_id":"1CH.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.3","text":"Heb “Is David honoring your father in your eyes when he sends to you ones consoling?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15170,"verse_id":"1CH.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"19.3","text":"Heb “Is it not to explore and to overturn and to spy out the land (that) his servants have come to you?” The Hebrew term לַהֲפֹךְ ( lahafakh , “to overturn”) seems misplaced in the sequence. Some emend the form to לַחְפֹּר ( lakhpor , “to spy out”). The sequence of three infinitives may be a conflation of alternative readings.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A3/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15171,"verse_id":"1CH.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “shaved them.” See v. 5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15172,"verse_id":"1CH.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “and he cut their robes in the middle unto the buttocks.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A4/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15173,"verse_id":"1CH.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.5","text":"Heb “they.” The logical referent, though not specified in the Hebrew text, has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A5/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15174,"verse_id":"1CH.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.5","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A5/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15175,"verse_id":"1CH.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.6","text":"Heb “that they were a stench [i.e., disgusting] with David.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15176,"verse_id":"1CH.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.6","text":"The Hebrew word כִּכַּר ( kikar , “circle”) refers generally to something that is round. When used of metals it can refer to a disk-shaped weight made of the metal or, by extension, to a standard unit of weight. According to the older (Babylonian) standard the “talent” weighed 130 lbs. (58.9 kg), but later this was lowered to 108.3 lbs. (49.1 kg). More recent research suggests the “light” standard talent was 67.3 lbs. (30.6 kg). Using this as the standard for calculation, the Ammonites hired chariots and charioteers for about 33.7 tons (30,600 kg) of silver.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A6/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15177,"verse_id":"1CH.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.6","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 10:6 has “Aram Beth Rehob and Aram Zobah.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A6/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15178,"verse_id":"1CH.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.8","text":"The words “the news” and “to meet them” are added in the translation for stylistic reasons and for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15179,"verse_id":"1CH.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 10:10 has “the Ammonites” in place of “the Arameans” here. tn Heb “and Joab saw that the face of the battle was to him before and behind and he chose from all the best in Israel and arranged to meet Aram.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15180,"verse_id":"1CH.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.12","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Joab) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15181,"verse_id":"1CH.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.12","text":"Heb “if Aram is stronger than me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A12/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15182,"verse_id":"1CH.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.12","text":"Heb “if the sons of Ammon are stronger than you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A12/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15183,"verse_id":"1CH.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.13","text":"Heb “and the Lord , what is good in his eyes, he will do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15184,"verse_id":"1CH.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.14","text":"Heb “and the army which was with him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A14/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15185,"verse_id":"1CH.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.15","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Joab) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A15/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15186,"verse_id":"1CH.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.15","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A15/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15187,"verse_id":"1CH.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.16","text":"Heb “the River,” referring to the Euphrates. This has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A16/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15188,"verse_id":"1CH.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.16","text":"Heb “and Aram saw that they were struck down before Israel and they sent messengers and brought out Aram which is beyond the River, and Shophach the commander of the army of Hadadezer [was] before them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A16/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15189,"verse_id":"1CH.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.17","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15190,"verse_id":"1CH.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"19.17","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 10:17 “he came to Helam.” tn Heb “and he came to them and was deployed against them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A17/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15191,"verse_id":"1CH.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.17","text":"Heb “and David was deployed to meet Aram [for] battle and they fought with him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A17/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15192,"verse_id":"1CH.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"19.18","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 10:18 has “seven hundred.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A18/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15193,"verse_id":"1CH.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.18","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 10:18 has the variant spelling “Shobach.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A18/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
|
||||
{"id":14723,"verse_id":"1CH.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"The groupings in the list that follows, as well as the conjunctions ( vav -consecutives in Hebrew), reflect those of the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14724,"verse_id":"1CH.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"The name means “daughter of Shua.” Shua is identified in Gen 38:2 as a “Canaanite man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14725,"verse_id":"1CH.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “was evil in the eyes of the Lord , so he [i.e., the Lord ] killed him [i.e., Er].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A3/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14726,"verse_id":"1CH.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Judah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14727,"verse_id":"1CH.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Many medieval Hebrew mss , some LXX mss , and Syriac read “Darda” (see 1 Kgs 4:31 ET = 1 Kgs 5:11 HT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14728,"verse_id":"1CH.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “sons.” The Hebrew text has the plural, but only one son is listed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14729,"verse_id":"1CH.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"The Hebrew text has “Achar,” which means “disaster,” but a few medieval Hebrew mss read “Achan.” See Josh 7:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A7/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14730,"verse_id":"1CH.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “the troubler of Israel who was unfaithful with respect to the devoted [things].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A7/3"}
|
||||
{"id":14731,"verse_id":"1CH.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “sons.” The Hebrew text has the plural, but only one son is listed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14732,"verse_id":"1CH.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"The Hebrew text has “Celubai,” but see v. 18 , where Caleb is described as the son of Hezron.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14733,"verse_id":"1CH.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"The LXX reads “Salmon” (cf. Ruth 4:21 ) and is followed by some English versions (e.g., NIV, NCV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A11/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14734,"verse_id":"1CH.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"In 2 Sam 2:18 this name appears as “Abishai,” a spelling followed by many English versions here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A16/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14735,"verse_id":"1CH.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “and Caleb son of Hezron fathered [children] with Azubah, a wife, and with Jerioth.” Jerioth could be viewed as a second wife (so NLT; cf. also NASB, NIV, NRSV), but the following context mentions only “her [presumably Azubah’s] sons.” Another option, the one chosen in the translation, is that Jerioth is another name for Azubah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A18/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14736,"verse_id":"1CH.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “took for himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A19/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14737,"verse_id":"1CH.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “Hezron went to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A21/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14738,"verse_id":"1CH.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “he took,” referring to taking in marriage.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A21/3"}
|
||||
{"id":14739,"verse_id":"1CH.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"Or “Havvoth Jair” (NIV, NRSV). Some translations do not translate the phrase (“havvoth” = “the towns of”), but treat it as part of the place name.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A23/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14740,"verse_id":"1CH.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.24","text":"Heb “And after the death of Hezron in Caleb Ephrathah, and the wife of Hezron, Abijah, and she bore to him Ashhur the father of Tekoa.” Perhaps one could translate: “After Hezron died in Caleb Ephrathah, Abijah, Hezron’s wife, bore to him Ashhur, the father of Tekoa” (cf. NASB, NIV, NRSV). In this case the text suggests that Abijah was born after his father’s death. Because of the awkward syntax and the odd appearance of “Caleb Ephrathah” as a place name, some prefer to emend the text. Some alter בְּכָלֵב אֶפְרָתָה ( bÿkhalev ’ efratah , “in Caleb Ephrathah”) to בָּא כָלֵב אֶפְרָתָה ( bo ’ khalev ’ efratah , “Caleb had sexual relations with Ephrath”) and then change אֲבִיָּה (’ aviyyah , “Abijah”) to אָבִיהוּ (’ avihu , “his father”). This results in the following translation: “And after Hezron’s death, Caleb had sexual relations with Ephrath, his father Hezron’s wife, and she bore to him Ashhur the father of Tekoa” (cf. NAB). This would mean that Caleb’s second wife Ephrath had actually been his late father’s wife (probably Caleb’s stepmother). Perhaps the text was subsequently altered because Caleb’s actions appeared improper in light of the injunctions in Lev 18:8; 20:11 ; Deut 22:30; 27:20 (which probably refer, however, to a son having sexual relations with his stepmother while his father is still alive).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A24/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14741,"verse_id":"1CH.2.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.31","text":"Heb “sons.” The Hebrew text has the plural “sons” in all three instances in this verse, even though the following lists have only one name each.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A31/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14742,"verse_id":"1CH.2.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.42","text":"Heb “and the sons of Mareshah,” but this does not fit contextually. Perhaps the text originally had וּבְנוֹ מִשְׁנֶה מָרֵשָׁה ( uvÿno mishneh mareshah , “and his second son, Mareshah”), with מִשְׁנֶה (“second”) later accidentally falling out by homoioteleuton (cf. the note in BHS here).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A42/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14743,"verse_id":"1CH.2.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.50","text":"Heb “son.” The Hebrew text has the singular, but the following list contains more than one name.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A50/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14744,"verse_id":"1CH.2.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.50","text":"The Hebrew text reads “Ephrathah” here, but see v. 19 , which mentions “Ephrath” as the wife of Hur.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A50/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14745,"verse_id":"1CH.2.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.52","text":"The Hebrew text has “Menuchites” here, but v. 54 has “Manachathites.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A52/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14746,"verse_id":"1CH.2.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.53","text":"Heb “from these went forth the Zorathites and Eshtaolites.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A53/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14747,"verse_id":"1CH.2.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.55","text":"Or perhaps “the Sopherim.” The NAB transliterates this term and treats it as a proper name.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A55/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14748,"verse_id":"1CH.2.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":55,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.55","text":"Heb “came.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A55/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14749,"verse_id":"1CH.2.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":55,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.55","text":"Or (if בֵּית [ beth ] is translated as “house” rather than considered to be part of the name) “the father of the house [i.e., family] of Rechab.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A55/3"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
{"id":1774,"verse_id":"1CH.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"This means “later” in relation to the births of the three sons (Jerahmeel, Ram and Caleb) mentioned in v. 9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A21/1"}
|
||||
{"id":1775,"verse_id":"1CH.2.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"2.46","text":"See the note on the word “concubine” in 1:32 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A46/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||
{"id":15194,"verse_id":"1CH.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.1","text":"Heb “and it was at the time of the turning of the year, at the time of the going out of kings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15195,"verse_id":"1CH.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.2","text":"The translation follows the MT, which reads “of their king”; the LXX and Vulgate read “of Milcom” (cf. 1 Kgs 11:5 ). Milcom, also known as Molech, was the god of the Ammonites.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15196,"verse_id":"1CH.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.2","text":"Heb “and it was on the head of David.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A2/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15197,"verse_id":"1CH.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.3","text":"The Hebrew text reads “saws,” but since saws were just mentioned, it is preferable to emend מְגֵרוֹת ( mÿgerot , “saws”) to מַגְזְרוֹת ( magzÿrot , “axes”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15198,"verse_id":"1CH.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.3","text":"Heb “and so he would do.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A3/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15199,"verse_id":"1CH.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “battle stood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15200,"verse_id":"1CH.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.4","text":"The parallel text in 2 Sam 21:18 identifies this site as “Gob.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A4/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15201,"verse_id":"1CH.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.4","text":"The parallel text in 2 Sam 21:18 has the variant spelling “Saph.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A4/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15202,"verse_id":"1CH.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the Philistines) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A4/4"}
|
||||
{"id":15203,"verse_id":"1CH.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.5","text":"The Hebrew text reads, “Elchanan son of Jair killed Lachmi the brother of Goliath the Gittite.” But it is likely that the accusative marker in front of לַחְמִי ( lakhmiy , “Lachmi”) is a corruption of בֵּית ( bet ), and that אֶת־לַחְמִי (’ et-lakhmiy ) should be emended to בֵּית הַלַּחְמִי ( bet hallakhmiy , “the Bethlehemite”). See 2 Sam 21:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A5/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15204,"verse_id":"1CH.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"20.5","text":"See tc note on the parallel passage in 2 Sam 21:19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A5/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15205,"verse_id":"1CH.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “and there was another battle, in Gath.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15206,"verse_id":"1CH.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.7","text":"The parallel text in 2 Sam 21:21 has the variant spelling “Shimeah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15207,"verse_id":"1CH.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “they fell.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15208,"verse_id":"1CH.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “his servants.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A8/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
{"id":1798,"verse_id":"1CH.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"3","reference":"20.2","text":"See the note on the word “talents” in 19:6 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A2/3"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
|
||||
{"id":15209,"verse_id":"1CH.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.1","text":"Or “Satan.” The Hebrew word שָׂטָן ( satan ) can refer to an adversary in general or Satan in particular. There is no article accompanying the term here, which suggests it should be understood generally (cf. NAB “a satan”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15210,"verse_id":"1CH.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.1","text":"Heb “stood against.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A1/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15211,"verse_id":"1CH.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.1","text":"Heb “and incited David to count Israel.” As v. 5 indicates, David was not interested in a general census, but in determining how much military strength he had. sn The parallel text in 2 Sam 24:1 says, “The Lord ’s anger again raged against Israel and he incited David against them, saying: ‘Go, count Israel and Judah!’“ The version of the incident in the Book of 2 Samuel gives an underlying theological perspective, while the Chronicler simply describes what happened from a human perspective. Many interpreters and translations render the Hebrew שָׂטָן as a proper name here, “Satan” (NEB, NASB, NIV, NRSV). However, the Hebrew term שָׂטָן , which means “adversary,” is used here without the article. Elsewhere when it appears without the article, it refers to a personal or national adversary in the human sphere, the lone exception being Num 22:22, 32 , where the angel of the Lord assumes the role of an adversary to Balaam. When referring elsewhere to the spiritual entity known in the NT as Satan, the noun has the article and is used as a title, “the Adversary” (see Job 1:6-9, 12; 2:1-4, 6-7 ; Zech 3:1-2 ). In light of usage elsewhere the adversary in 1 Chr 21:1 is likely a human enemy, probably a nearby nation whose hostility against Israel pressured David into numbering the people so he could assess his military strength. For compelling linguistic and literary arguments against taking the noun as a proper name here, see S. Japhet, I & II Chronicles (OTL), 374-75.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A1/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15212,"verse_id":"1CH.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.2","text":"Or “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15213,"verse_id":"1CH.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.2","text":"Heb “Go, count Israel.” See the note on “had” in v. 1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A2/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15214,"verse_id":"1CH.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.2","text":"Heb “their number.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A2/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15215,"verse_id":"1CH.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.3","text":"Or “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15216,"verse_id":"1CH.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.3","text":"Heb “Why should it become guilt for Israel?” David’s decision betrays an underlying trust in his own strength rather than in divine provision. See also 1 Chr 27:23-24 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A3/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15217,"verse_id":"1CH.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “and the word of the king was stronger than Joab.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15218,"verse_id":"1CH.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.4","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A4/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15219,"verse_id":"1CH.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.5","text":"Heb “and Joab gave to David the number of the numbering of the army [or “people”].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A5/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15220,"verse_id":"1CH.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.5","text":"Heb “a thousand thousands and one hundred thousand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A5/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15221,"verse_id":"1CH.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"21.5","text":"The parallel text in 2 Sam 24:9 has variant figures: “In Israel there were eight hundred thousand sword-wielding warriors, and in Judah there were five hundred thousands soldiers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A5/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15222,"verse_id":"1CH.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.6","text":"Heb “he”; the proper name (“Joab”) has been substituted for the pronoun here for stylistic reasons; the proper name occurs at the end of the verse in the Hebrew text, where it has been replaced by the pronoun (“him”) in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15223,"verse_id":"1CH.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.7","text":"Heb “There was displeasure in the eyes of God concerning this thing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15224,"verse_id":"1CH.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.9","text":"Heb “seer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15225,"verse_id":"1CH.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “Three I am extending to you; choose for yourself one of them and I will do it to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15226,"verse_id":"1CH.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.12","text":"The parallel text in the MT of 2 Sam 24:13 has “seven,” but LXX has “three” there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15227,"verse_id":"1CH.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “or three months being swept away from before your enemies and the sword of your enemies overtaking.” The Hebrew term נִסְפֶּה ( nisppeh , Niphal participle from סָפָה , safah ) should probably be emended to נֻסְכָה ( nusÿkhah , Qal infinitive from נוּס [ nus ] with second masculine singular suffix). See 2 Sam 24:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A12/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15228,"verse_id":"1CH.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “or three days of the sword of the Lord and plague in the land, and the messenger [or “angel”] of the Lord destroying in all the territory of Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A12/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15229,"verse_id":"1CH.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “There is great distress to me; let me fall into the hand of the Lord for his mercy is very great, but into the hand of men let me not fall.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15230,"verse_id":"1CH.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.15","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 24:15 reports that God sent a plague, while 24:16-17 attributes this to the instrumentality of an angel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A15/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15231,"verse_id":"1CH.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.15","text":"Or “destroy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A15/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15232,"verse_id":"1CH.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.15","text":"Heb “while he was destroying.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A15/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15233,"verse_id":"1CH.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.15","text":"Or “saw.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A15/4"}
|
||||
{"id":15234,"verse_id":"1CH.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.15","text":"Or “was grieved because of.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A15/5"}
|
||||
{"id":15235,"verse_id":"1CH.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"21.15","text":"Heb “concerning the calamity.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A15/6"}
|
||||
{"id":15236,"verse_id":"1CH.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"21.15","text":"For this nuance of the Hebrew word רַב ( rav ), see BDB 913 s.v. 1 .f.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A15/7"}
|
||||
{"id":15237,"verse_id":"1CH.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"21.15","text":"Heb “Now, drop your hand.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A15/8"}
|
||||
{"id":15238,"verse_id":"1CH.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"21.15","text":"In the parallel text in 2 Sam 24:16 this individual is called אֲרַוְנָא (’ aravna ’, “Aravna”), traditionally “Araunah.” The form of the name found here also occurs in vv. 18-28 .","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A15/9"}
|
||||
{"id":15239,"verse_id":"1CH.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.16","text":"Heb “and David and the elders, covered with sackcloth, fell on their faces.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A16/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15240,"verse_id":"1CH.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.17","text":"“and doing evil I did evil.” The infinitive absolute precedes the finite form of the verb for emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15241,"verse_id":"1CH.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.17","text":"Heb “let your hand be on me and on the house of my father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A17/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15242,"verse_id":"1CH.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.17","text":"Heb “but on your people not for a plague.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A17/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15243,"verse_id":"1CH.21.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.18","text":"Heb “that he should go up to raise up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A18/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15244,"verse_id":"1CH.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.19","text":"Heb “and David went up by the word of Gad which he spoke in the name of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A19/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15245,"verse_id":"1CH.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.21","text":"Heb “nostrils.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A21/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15246,"verse_id":"1CH.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.22","text":"Heb “the place of the threshing floor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A22/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15247,"verse_id":"1CH.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.22","text":"Following the imperative, the prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive here indicates the immediate purpose/result: “so I can build.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A22/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15248,"verse_id":"1CH.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.22","text":"Heb “For full silver sell to me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A22/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15249,"verse_id":"1CH.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.22","text":"Following the imperative and first person prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive, this third person prefixed verbal form with vav conjunctive introduces the ultimate purpose/result: “so the plague may be removed.” Another option is subordinate this form to the preceding imperative, but the latter may be taken as a parenthetical expansion of the initial request.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A22/4"}
|
||||
{"id":15250,"verse_id":"1CH.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.23","text":"Heb “take for yourself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A23/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15251,"verse_id":"1CH.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.23","text":"Heb “what is good in his eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A23/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15252,"verse_id":"1CH.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.24","text":"Heb “No, for buying I will buy for full silver.” The infinitive absolute precedes the finite verb for emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A24/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15253,"verse_id":"1CH.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"21.24","text":"The parallel text in 2 Sam 24:24 has the plural “burnt sacrifices.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A24/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15254,"verse_id":"1CH.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.24","text":"Or “without [paying] compensation.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A24/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15255,"verse_id":"1CH.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.25","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 24:24 says David bought the threshing floor and the oxen for “fifty pieces of silver.” This would have been about 20 ounces (568 grams) of silver by weight. tn Heb “six hundred shekels of gold.” This would have been about 15 lbs. (6.8 kg) of gold by weight.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A25/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15256,"verse_id":"1CH.21.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.26","text":"Or “tokens of peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A26/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15257,"verse_id":"1CH.21.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.26","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A26/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15258,"verse_id":"1CH.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.27","text":"Heb “spoke to the messenger.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A27/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15259,"verse_id":"1CH.21.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.29","text":"Or “high place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A29/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
|
||||
{"id":15260,"verse_id":"1CH.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.5","text":"Heb “a young man and tender.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A5/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15261,"verse_id":"1CH.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.5","text":"Heb “and the house to build to make exceedingly great for a name and for splendor for all the lands.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A5/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15262,"verse_id":"1CH.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.7","text":"Heb “I was with my heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15263,"verse_id":"1CH.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.7","text":"Heb “for the name of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A7/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15264,"verse_id":"1CH.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.8","text":"Heb “and the word of the Lord was [i.e., came] to me saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15265,"verse_id":"1CH.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.9","text":"Heb “man of rest.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15266,"verse_id":"1CH.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.9","text":"Heb “his enemies all around.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A9/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15267,"verse_id":"1CH.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.9","text":"Heb “in his days.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A9/4"}
|
||||
{"id":15268,"verse_id":"1CH.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.10","text":"Heb “for my name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15269,"verse_id":"1CH.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.10","text":"Heb “and I will establish the throne of his kingdom over Israel permanently.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A10/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15270,"verse_id":"1CH.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.11","text":"Heb “as he spoke concerning you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A11/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15271,"verse_id":"1CH.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.12","text":"Or “keep.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15272,"verse_id":"1CH.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.13","text":"Heb “which the Lord commanded Moses concerning Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15273,"verse_id":"1CH.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.13","text":"Or perhaps, “and don’t get discouraged.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A13/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15274,"verse_id":"1CH.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “and look, in my affliction [or perhaps, “poverty”] I have supplied for the house of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A14/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15275,"verse_id":"1CH.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.14","text":"See the note on the word “talents” in 19:6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A14/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15276,"verse_id":"1CH.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “a thousand thousands.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A14/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15277,"verse_id":"1CH.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.15","text":"Heb “craftsmen of stone and wood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A15/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15278,"verse_id":"1CH.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.16","text":"Heb “and every kind of skilled one in all work, concerning gold, concerning silver, and concerning bronze, and concerning iron, there is no numbering.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A16/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15279,"verse_id":"1CH.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.17","text":"Or “help.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15280,"verse_id":"1CH.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.18","text":"The words “he told them” are added in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A18/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15281,"verse_id":"1CH.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.18","text":"In the Hebrew text the statement is phrased as a rhetorical question, “Is not the Lord your God with you?” The question anticipates the response, “Of course he is!” Thus in the translation the positive statement “The Lord your God is with you!” has been used.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A18/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15282,"verse_id":"1CH.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.18","text":"Heb “and he gives rest to you all around.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A18/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15283,"verse_id":"1CH.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.18","text":"Or “earth.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A18/4"}
|
||||
{"id":15284,"verse_id":"1CH.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.18","text":"Or “earth.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A18/5"}
|
||||
{"id":15285,"verse_id":"1CH.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “now give your heart and your being to seek the Lord your God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A19/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15286,"verse_id":"1CH.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “to bring.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A19/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15287,"verse_id":"1CH.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “items of holiness of God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A19/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15288,"verse_id":"1CH.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “for the name of the Lord .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A19/4"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
{"id":1799,"verse_id":"1CH.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"3","reference":"22.9","text":"The name Solomon ( שְׁלֹמֹה , shÿlomoh ) sounds like (and may be derived from) the Hebrew word for “peace” ( שָׁלוֹם , shalom ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A9/3"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
||||
{"id":15289,"verse_id":"1CH.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.1","text":"Heb “and full of years.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15290,"verse_id":"1CH.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.2","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15291,"verse_id":"1CH.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.3","text":"Heb “and their number by their heads, by men, was 38,000.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15292,"verse_id":"1CH.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.4","text":"The words “David said” are supplied here in the translation for clarification. The appearance of the first person verb “I supplied” in v. 5 indicates that David is speaking here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15293,"verse_id":"1CH.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.5","text":"Heb “made to [or “for”] praise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A5/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15294,"verse_id":"1CH.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"23.10","text":"The MT reads “Zina” here and “Zizah” in v. 11 . One Hebrew ms , the LXX, and the Vulgate, harmonizing the form of the name to that found in v. 11 , read “Zizah” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15295,"verse_id":"1CH.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.13","text":"Heb “and Aaron was set apart to consecrate it, the most holy things, he and his sons, permanently, to sacrifice before the Lord , to serve him, and to bless his name permanently.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15296,"verse_id":"1CH.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.14","text":"Heb “and Moses the man of God, his sons were called to the tribe of Levi.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A14/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15297,"verse_id":"1CH.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.16","text":"The Hebrew text has the plural “sons,” but only one name appears after this. The attached phrase “the oldest” might indicate that Shebuel was not Gershom’s only son, but note v. 17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A16/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15298,"verse_id":"1CH.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"23.16","text":"The LXX reads Σουβαηλ ( Soubahl ) here, a reading followed by NAB, NIV, NCV, CEV (“Shubael”); cf. 24:20 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A16/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15299,"verse_id":"1CH.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.17","text":"The Hebrew text has “the sons of Eliezer were,” but only one name appears after this in the verse, and we are specifically told that Eliezer had no other sons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15300,"verse_id":"1CH.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.18","text":"The Hebrew text has the plural “sons,” but only one name appears after this. The attached phrase “the oldest” might indicate that Shelomith was not Izhar’s only son, but note v. 17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A18/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15301,"verse_id":"1CH.23.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.22","text":"Heb “the sons of Kish, their brothers [i.e., relatives/cousins] lifted them up.” For other uses of נָאָשׂ ( na ’ as , “lift up”) in the sense of “marry,” see BDB 671 s.v. Qal.3.d.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A22/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15302,"verse_id":"1CH.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.24","text":"Heb “these were the sons of Levi according to the house of their fathers, heads of the fathers, according to their numberings, by number of names, according to their heads, doer[s] of the work for the service of the house of the Lord , from a son of twenty years and upwards.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A24/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15303,"verse_id":"1CH.23.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.25","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A25/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15304,"verse_id":"1CH.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.27","text":"Heb “for by the final words of David, they were the number of the sons of Levi, from a son of twenty years and upward.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A27/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15305,"verse_id":"1CH.23.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.28","text":"Heb “For their assignment was at the hand of the sons of Aaron for the work of the house of the Lord concerning the courtyards and concerning the rooms and concerning the purification of all holiness and the work of the service of the house of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A28/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15306,"verse_id":"1CH.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.29","text":"Heb “with respect to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A29/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15307,"verse_id":"1CH.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.29","text":"The Hebrew terms מְשׂוּרָה ( mÿsurah ) and מִדָּה ( middah ) refer to different types of measurements.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A29/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15308,"verse_id":"1CH.23.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.30","text":"Heb “and to stand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A30/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15309,"verse_id":"1CH.23.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.31","text":"Heb “by number according to the manner upon them, regularly before the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A31/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15310,"verse_id":"1CH.23.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.32","text":"Heb “and they kept the charge of the tent of meeting and the charge of the holy place and the charge of the sons of Aaron, their brothers, for the service of the house of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A32/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
{"id":1800,"verse_id":"1CH.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"2","reference":"23.10","text":"Verses 8-10 are confusing. Two different lists of Shimei’s sons appear. In between these lists is the statement “these were the leaders of the family of Ladan,” suggesting that the list just before this includes the sons of Ladan, not Shimei. But verse 8 already lists Ladan’s sons. Apparently the text as it stands is a conflation of differing traditions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A10/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
{"id":15311,"verse_id":"1CH.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.3","text":"Heb “for their assignment in their service.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15312,"verse_id":"1CH.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.4","text":"Heb “And the sons of Eleazar were found to be more, with respect to the heads of men, than the sons of Ithamar, and they divided them. To the sons of Eleazar there were sixteen heads, according to the house of the fathers; and to the sons of Ithamar there were eight, according to the house of their fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15313,"verse_id":"1CH.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.5","text":"Heb “and they divided them by lots, these with these, for the officials of the holy place and the officials of God were from the sons of Eleazar and among the sons of Ithamar.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A5/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15314,"verse_id":"1CH.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.6","text":"Heb “one house of a father was drawn by lot for Eleazar, and one [this assumes an emendation of אָחֻז (’ akhuz ) to אֶחָד (’ ekhad , “one”)] was drawn by lot for Ithamar.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15315,"verse_id":"1CH.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.19","text":"Heb “father.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A19/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15316,"verse_id":"1CH.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.19","text":"Heb “these were their responsibilities for their service to enter the house of the Lord according to their manner [given] by the hand of Aaron their father, as the Lord God of Israel commanded him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A19/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15317,"verse_id":"1CH.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.20","text":"Heb “Belonging to the rest of the sons of Levi.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A20/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15318,"verse_id":"1CH.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.20","text":"This appears to be a variant of the name Shebuel (cf. 1 Chr 23:16 and 26:24 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A20/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15319,"verse_id":"1CH.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"24.23","text":"Most Hebrew mss omit “Hebron” here, but see 1 Chr 23:19 . The name is included in two Hebrew mss and some LXX mss .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A23/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15320,"verse_id":"1CH.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.24","text":"The Hebrew text has the plural “sons,” but only one name appears after this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A24/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15321,"verse_id":"1CH.24.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.26","text":"Heb “the sons of Jaaziah, Beno.” Apparently בְנוֹ ( vÿno ), which could be translated “his son,” is a proper name here. The text, however, may be corrupt at this point; a list of Jaaziah’s sons may have been accidentally omitted. See v. 27 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A26/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15322,"verse_id":"1CH.24.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.27","text":"Or “from Jaaziah his son.” See the note on “Beno” in v. 26 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A27/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15323,"verse_id":"1CH.24.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"24.29","text":"The Hebrew text has, “Belonging to [i.e., from] Kish, the sons of Kish, Jerahmeel.” There appears to be a conflation of headings.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A29/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15324,"verse_id":"1CH.24.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.31","text":"Heb “the fathers [i.e., families] of the head [i.e., oldest] just like his youngest brother.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A31/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||
{"id":15325,"verse_id":"1CH.25.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.1","text":"Heb “David and the officers of the army set apart for service the sons of Asaph and Heman and Jeduthun, the ones prophesying by harps, by lyres, and by cymbals.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15326,"verse_id":"1CH.25.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.1","text":"Heb “and their number was, the men of work for their service.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A1/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15327,"verse_id":"1CH.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.2","text":"Heb “the sons of Asaph [were] upon the hand of Asaph, the one prophesying upon the hands of the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15328,"verse_id":"1CH.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.3","text":"Heb “belonging to Jeduthun, the sons of Jeduthun.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15329,"verse_id":"1CH.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.3","text":"This name appears as “Izri” in v. 10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A3/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15330,"verse_id":"1CH.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"25.3","text":"One Hebrew ms and some LXX mss supply the name “Shimei” after “Jeshaiah.” Most Hebrew mss omit the name here (but cf. v. 17 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A3/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15331,"verse_id":"1CH.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"25.3","text":"The list includes only five names. Apparently the name “Shimei” (see v. 17 ), which appears in one medieval Hebrew ms and in the LXX, has been accidentally omitted from the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A3/4"}
|
||||
{"id":15332,"verse_id":"1CH.25.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.4","text":"Heb “belonging to Heman, the sons of Heman.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15333,"verse_id":"1CH.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.5","text":"Heb “by the words of God to exalt a horn.” An animal’s horn is sometimes used metaphorically as a symbol of strength and honor. See BDB 901-2 s.v. קֶרֶנ .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A5/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15334,"verse_id":"1CH.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.7","text":"Heb “and their number with their brothers, trained in music to the Lord , all skilled, was 288.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15335,"verse_id":"1CH.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.8","text":"Heb “and they cast lots [for] service, just as like small, like great, teacher with student.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15336,"verse_id":"1CH.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"25.9","text":"Heb “The first lot went to Asaph, to Joseph.” Apparently the recurring formula, “and his sons and his relatives, twelve” has been accidentally omitted from the Hebrew text at this point (see vv. 10-31 ; the formula is slightly different in v. 9 b). If the number “twelve” is not supplied here, the total comes to only 276, not the 288 required by v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15337,"verse_id":"1CH.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.11","text":"“Izri” is a variant of the name “Zeri” (cf. 25:3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A11/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15338,"verse_id":"1CH.25.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.14","text":"“Jesharelah” is a variant of the name “Asarelah” (cf. 25:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A14/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15339,"verse_id":"1CH.25.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.18","text":"“Azarel” is a variant of the name “Uzziel” (cf. 25:4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A18/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||
{"id":15340,"verse_id":"1CH.26.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.7","text":"Or “brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15341,"verse_id":"1CH.26.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.13","text":"Heb “for a gate and a gate,” i.e., for each gate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15342,"verse_id":"1CH.26.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.14","text":"“Shelemiah” is a variant of the name “Meshelemiah” (cf. 26:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A14/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15343,"verse_id":"1CH.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.16","text":"Heb “a guard alongside a guard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A16/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15344,"verse_id":"1CH.26.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.20","text":"Or “treasuries.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A20/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15345,"verse_id":"1CH.26.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.21","text":"“Ladan” is a variant of the name “Libni” (cf. 6:17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A21/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15346,"verse_id":"1CH.26.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.21","text":"“Jehieli” is a variant of the name “Jehiel” (cf. 23:8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A21/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15347,"verse_id":"1CH.26.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.24","text":"A number of English versions follow the LXX and Vulgate and read “Shubael” here (e.g., NAB, NIV, NCV, CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A24/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15348,"verse_id":"1CH.26.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"26.25","text":"The marginal reading ( Qere ) is “Shelomith,” while the consonantal text ( Kethib ) has “Shelomoth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A25/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15349,"verse_id":"1CH.26.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"26.26","text":"The MT reads “Shelomoth”; the name is spelled “Shelomith” in the marginal reading ( Qere ) of v. 25 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A26/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15350,"verse_id":"1CH.26.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.28","text":"Or “seer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A28/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15351,"verse_id":"1CH.26.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.29","text":"The words “the temple” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A29/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15352,"verse_id":"1CH.26.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.31","text":"Heb “and they were searched and there were found in them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A31/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15353,"verse_id":"1CH.26.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.32","text":"Heb “and his brothers, sons of respect, [were] 2,700, heads of fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A32/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15354,"verse_id":"1CH.26.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.32","text":"Heb “with respect to every matter of God and matter of the king.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A32/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
|
||||
{"id":15355,"verse_id":"1CH.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.1","text":"Heb “and the sons of Israel according to their number, heads of the fathers and the commanders of the thousands and the hundreds and their officers who served the king with respect to every matter of the divisions, [that which] comes and goes out month by month according to all the months of the year, one division [was] twenty-four thousand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15356,"verse_id":"1CH.27.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.4","text":"Heb “the leader.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15357,"verse_id":"1CH.27.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.6","text":"Heb “That [was the] Benaiah [who was] a warrior of the thirty and over the thirty, and his division, Ammizabad his son.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15358,"verse_id":"1CH.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.7","text":"Heb “[was] after him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15359,"verse_id":"1CH.27.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.24","text":"Heb “anger was on Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A24/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15360,"verse_id":"1CH.27.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"27.24","text":"The Hebrew text has “in the number,” but מִסְפַּר ( mispar ) is probably dittographic – note that the same word appears immediately before this. The form should be emended to בְּסֵפֶר ( bÿsefar , “in the scroll”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A24/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15361,"verse_id":"1CH.27.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.26","text":"Heb “with respect to the work of the land.” The phrase refers to agricultural labor; see HALOT 776-77 s.v. עֲבֹדָה .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A26/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15362,"verse_id":"1CH.27.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.27","text":"Heb “and over [that] which is in the vineyards, with respect to the storehouses of the wine, [was] Zabdi the Shiphmite.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A27/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15363,"verse_id":"1CH.27.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.28","text":"Or “foothills”; Heb “the Shephelah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A28/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15364,"verse_id":"1CH.27.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.32","text":"Heb “was an adviser, a man of insight, and a scribe.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A32/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15365,"verse_id":"1CH.27.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.32","text":"Heb “[was] with” (so KJV, ASV); NASB “tutored”; NRSV “attended”; NLT “was responsible to teach.’","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A32/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15366,"verse_id":"1CH.27.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.33","text":"Heb “friend.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A33/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
|
||||
{"id":15367,"verse_id":"1CH.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15368,"verse_id":"1CH.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.2","text":"Heb “I, with my heart to build a house of rest for the ark of the covenant of the Lord and for a stool of the feet of our God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15369,"verse_id":"1CH.28.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.3","text":"Heb “for my name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15370,"verse_id":"1CH.28.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.4","text":"Heb “out of all the house of my father to become king over all Israel permanently.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15371,"verse_id":"1CH.28.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.4","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A4/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15372,"verse_id":"1CH.28.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.4","text":"Heb “and among the sons of my father he desired to make me king over all Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A4/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15373,"verse_id":"1CH.28.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.5","text":"Heb “from all my sons, for many sons the Lord has given to me, he chose Solomon my son to sit on the throne of the kingdom of the Lord over Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A5/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15374,"verse_id":"1CH.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.7","text":"Heb “if he is strong to do my commands and my regulations like this day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15375,"verse_id":"1CH.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.8","text":"The words “I say this” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15376,"verse_id":"1CH.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.8","text":"Heb “Watch! Seek!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A8/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15377,"verse_id":"1CH.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.9","text":"Heb “know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15378,"verse_id":"1CH.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.9","text":"Heb “with a complete heart and a willing being.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A9/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15379,"verse_id":"1CH.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.9","text":"Heb “he will allow himself to be found by you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A9/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15380,"verse_id":"1CH.28.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.10","text":"Heb “see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15381,"verse_id":"1CH.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.11","text":"Heb “for the porch.” The word “temple” was supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A11/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15382,"verse_id":"1CH.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.11","text":"Or “storerooms.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A11/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15383,"verse_id":"1CH.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.11","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A11/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15384,"verse_id":"1CH.28.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.12","text":"The words “he gave him” are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15385,"verse_id":"1CH.28.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.12","text":"Heb “the pattern of all which was in the spirit with him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A12/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15386,"verse_id":"1CH.28.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.13","text":"The words “he gave him the regulations” are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15387,"verse_id":"1CH.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.14","text":"The words “he gave him” are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A14/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15388,"verse_id":"1CH.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.14","text":"Heb “for the gold, by the weight, for the gold, for all the items of service and service, for all the items of silver by weight for all the items of service and service.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A14/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15389,"verse_id":"1CH.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.18","text":"The words “he gave him” are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A18/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15390,"verse_id":"1CH.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"28.18","text":"The Hebrew text reads מֶרְכָּבָה ( merkavah , “chariot”), but the final he ( ה ) is probably dittographic – note the prefixed he ( ה ) on the immediately following word. It is preferable to read מֶרְכָּב ( merkav , “seat”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A18/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15391,"verse_id":"1CH.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"28.18","text":"The Hebrew text does not have “their wings,” but the word כְּנָפַיִם ( kÿnafayim , “wings”) has probably been accidentally omitted by homoioteleuton. Note that the immediately preceding לְפֹרְשִׂים ( lÿforsim ) also ends in mem ( ם ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A18/3"}
|
||||
{"id":15392,"verse_id":"1CH.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.19","text":"The words “David said” are supplied in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A19/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15393,"verse_id":"1CH.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.19","text":"Heb “the whole in writing from the hand of the Lord upon me, he gave insight [for] all the workings of the plan.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A19/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15394,"verse_id":"1CH.28.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.20","text":"Or perhaps, “don’t be discouraged.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A20/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15395,"verse_id":"1CH.28.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.21","text":"Heb “and with you in all work, for every willing [one] in skill for all service.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A21/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15396,"verse_id":"1CH.28.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.21","text":"Heb “and the officials and all the people to all your words.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A21/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
|
||||
{"id":15397,"verse_id":"1CH.29.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.1","text":"Heb “a young man and tender.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15398,"verse_id":"1CH.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.2","text":"Heb “and according to all my strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15399,"verse_id":"1CH.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.2","text":"Heb “the gold for the gold, and the silver for the silver, and the bronze for the bronze, and the iron for the iron, and the wood for the wood.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A2/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15400,"verse_id":"1CH.29.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.4","text":"See the note on the word “talents” in 19:6 . Using the “light” standard talent of 67.3 lbs. (30.6 kg) as the standard for calculation, David had supplied 101 tons (91,800 kg) of gold and 235.5 tons (214,200 kg) of silver.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15401,"verse_id":"1CH.29.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.7","text":"See the note on the word “talents” in 19:6 . Using the “light” standard talent of 67.3 lbs. (30.6 kg) as the standard for calculation, the people donated 168.3 tons (153,000 kg) of gold, 336.5 tons (306,000 kg) of silver, 605.7 tons (550,800 kg) of bronze, and 3,365 tons (3,060,000 kg) of iron.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15402,"verse_id":"1CH.29.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.7","text":"On the “daric” as a unit of measure, see BDB 204 s.v. דַּרְכְּמוֹן . Some have regarded the daric as a minted coin, perhaps even referring to the Greek drachma, but this is less likely. sn The daric was a unit of weight perhaps equal to between 8 and 9 grams (just under one-third of an ounce), so 10,000 darics of gold would weigh between 80 and 90 kilograms (between 176 and 198 pounds).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A7/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15403,"verse_id":"1CH.29.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.8","text":"The word “precious” is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15404,"verse_id":"1CH.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.9","text":"Heb “with a complete heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15405,"verse_id":"1CH.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.9","text":"Heb “was rejoiced with great joy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A9/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15406,"verse_id":"1CH.29.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.10","text":"Heb “assembly, and David said.” The words “and David said” are redundant according to contemporary English style and have not been included in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15407,"verse_id":"1CH.29.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.11","text":"The words “and sovereign” are added in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A11/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15408,"verse_id":"1CH.29.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.11","text":"Heb “head.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A11/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15409,"verse_id":"1CH.29.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.12","text":"Heb “wealth and honor [are] from before you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15410,"verse_id":"1CH.29.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.12","text":"Heb “and in your hand [is] strength and might and in your hand to magnify and to give strength to all.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A12/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15411,"verse_id":"1CH.29.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.14","text":"Heb “that we should retain strength to contribute like this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A14/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15412,"verse_id":"1CH.29.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.14","text":"Heb “and from you we have given to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A14/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15413,"verse_id":"1CH.29.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.15","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 18, 20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A15/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15414,"verse_id":"1CH.29.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.15","text":"Or perhaps “hope.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A15/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15415,"verse_id":"1CH.29.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.17","text":"Heb “a heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15416,"verse_id":"1CH.29.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.17","text":"Heb “with integrity of heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A17/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15417,"verse_id":"1CH.29.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.18","text":"Heb “keep this permanently with respect to the motive of the thoughts of the heart of your people, and make firm their heart to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A18/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15418,"verse_id":"1CH.29.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.19","text":"Heb “and to Solomon my son give a complete heart to keep your commands, your rules and your regulations, and to do everything, and to build the palace [for] which I have prepared.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A19/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15419,"verse_id":"1CH.29.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.22","text":"Heb “they ate and drank.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A22/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15420,"verse_id":"1CH.29.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.22","text":"Heb “with great joy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A22/2"}
|
||||
{"id":15421,"verse_id":"1CH.29.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.23","text":"Heb “listened to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A23/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15422,"verse_id":"1CH.29.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.24","text":"Heb “placed a hand under Solomon the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A24/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15423,"verse_id":"1CH.29.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.25","text":"Heb “and gave to him glory of kingship which there was not concerning every king before him over Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A25/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15424,"verse_id":"1CH.29.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.27","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A27/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15425,"verse_id":"1CH.29.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.28","text":"Heb “satisfied with days, wealth, and honor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A28/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15426,"verse_id":"1CH.29.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.29","text":"Heb “and the events of David the king, the former and the latter, look they are written in the annals of Samuel the seer, and in the annals of Nathan the prophet, and in the annals of Gad the seer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A29/1"}
|
||||
{"id":15427,"verse_id":"1CH.29.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.30","text":"Heb “with all his reign and his might, and the times which passed over him and over Israel and over all the kingdoms of the lands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A30/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
{"id":1801,"verse_id":"1CH.29.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"3","reference":"29.22","text":"See 1 Chr 23:1 , where David had previously designated Solomon as king over Israel.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A22/3"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||
{"id":14750,"verse_id":"1CH.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%203%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14751,"verse_id":"1CH.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%203%3A4/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14752,"verse_id":"1CH.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"“Shimea” ( שִׁמְעָא , shim ’ a ’) is a variant spelling of “Shammua” ( שַׁמּוּעַ , shammua ’; see 2 Sam 5:14 ). Some English versions use the spelling “Shammua” here (e.g., NIV, NCV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%203%3A5/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14753,"verse_id":"1CH.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Most Hebrew mss read “Bathshua” here, but 2 Sam 12:24 makes it clear Bathsheba was Solomon’s mother. “Bathsheba” is read by one Hebrew ms and the Vulgate. Many English translations (e.g., NAB, NIV, NLT) render the name “Bathsheba” to avoid confusion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%203%3A5/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14754,"verse_id":"1CH.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.5","text":"In 2 Sam 11:3 Bathsheba is called “the daughter of Eliam,” while here her father’s name is given as “Ammiel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%203%3A5/3"}
|
||||
{"id":14755,"verse_id":"1CH.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"All but two Hebrew mss read “Elishama” here, but 1 Chr 14:5 lists the name as “Elishua,” and is followed by a number of English versions here (e.g., NAB, NIV, NCV, TEV, CEV, NLT). Another son named “Elishama” is listed in 3:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%203%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14756,"verse_id":"1CH.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"The MT reads “Eliphelet” here, but 1 Chr 14:5 lists the name as “Elpelet” and is followed by some English versions here (e.g., TEV, NLT). Another son named “Eliphelet” is listed in 3:8 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%203%3A6/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14757,"verse_id":"1CH.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “Jeconiah,” a variation of the name “Jehoiachin” (also in v. 17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%203%3A16/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14758,"verse_id":"1CH.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “prisoner.” Jehoiachin was carried off to Babylon as a prisoner. See 2 Chr 36:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%203%3A17/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
{"id":1776,"verse_id":"1CH.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"See the note on the word “concubine” in 1:32 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%203%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":1777,"verse_id":"1CH.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Joram is a variant spelling of the name “Jehoram.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%203%3A11/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
|
||||
{"id":14759,"verse_id":"1CH.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"In Hebrew the name יַעְבֵּץ ( ya ’ bets , “Jabez”) sounds like the noun עֹצֶב (’ otsev ) which means “pain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14760,"verse_id":"1CH.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"On the use of אִם (’ im , “if”) here, see HALOT 60 s.v.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14761,"verse_id":"1CH.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “and act from [i.e., so as to prevent] harm so that I might not be in pain.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A10/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14762,"verse_id":"1CH.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “and God brought about what he had asked.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A10/3"}
|
||||
{"id":14763,"verse_id":"1CH.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Or “of the city of Nahash.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14764,"verse_id":"1CH.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"“Meonothai” is read here by some mss of the LXX, along with the Vulgate. The name apparently was dropped from the Hebrew text by haplography. Note that the name appears at the beginning of the next verse as well.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14765,"verse_id":"1CH.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “the father of Ge Harashim, for they were craftsmen.” The name “Ge Harashim” means “valley of craftsmen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A14/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14766,"verse_id":"1CH.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Heb “and the sons of Elah and Kenaz.” Kenaz was actually the son of Elah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A15/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14767,"verse_id":"1CH.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"The Hebrew text has simply, “and she gave birth to,” without identifying the subject. The words “Mered’s wife Bithiah” are added in the translation for clarification. See v. 18 b, which mentions “Bethiah, whom Mered married.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14768,"verse_id":"1CH.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “took,” referring to taking in marriage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A18/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14769,"verse_id":"1CH.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"Or “and the son of Zoheth” (NAB). The word בֶּן ( ben ) in Hebrew means “son [of].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A20/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14770,"verse_id":"1CH.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.22","text":"Heb “and the words are old.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A22/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14771,"verse_id":"1CH.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.23","text":"Heb “and those who lived in Netaim and Gederah; with the king in his work they lived there.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A23/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14772,"verse_id":"1CH.4.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.33","text":"Some LXX mss read “Baalath” (cf. Josh 19:8 ). This is followed by some English versions (e.g., NIV, NCV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A33/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14773,"verse_id":"1CH.4.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.34","text":"The words “their clan leaders were” are added in the translation for clarification. See v. 38 a, which makes this clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A34/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14774,"verse_id":"1CH.4.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.41","text":"The Hebrew text reads “their tents,” apparently referring to those of the Hamites mentioned at the end of v. 40 . Some prefer to emend the text to read, “the tents of Ham.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A41/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14775,"verse_id":"1CH.4.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.41","text":"Heb “and they lived in place of them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A41/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14776,"verse_id":"1CH.4.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.43","text":"Heb “and struck down the remnant that had escaped belonging to Amalek.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A43/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
||||
{"id":14777,"verse_id":"1CH.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “and not to be listed in the genealogical records as (having) the right of the firstborn.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A1/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14778,"verse_id":"1CH.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “and [one] for a leader [was] from him.” This probably refers to the Davidic king.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14779,"verse_id":"1CH.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “Tilgath-pilneser,” a variant spelling of Tiglath-pileser (also in v. 26 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14780,"verse_id":"1CH.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Beerah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A6/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14781,"verse_id":"1CH.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “and in the days of Saul they made war with the Hagrites and they fell by their hand and they lived in their tents unto all the face of the east of Gilead.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14782,"verse_id":"1CH.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “and their brothers by the house of their fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14783,"verse_id":"1CH.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"Heb “was the head of the house of their fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A15/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14784,"verse_id":"1CH.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"Heb “unto their extremities.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A16/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14785,"verse_id":"1CH.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.18","text":"Heb “the sons of Reuben and the Gadites and half of the tribe of Manasseh, from the sons of bravery, men carrying a shield and sword and treading a bow and trained for war, 44,760 going out for warfare.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A18/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14786,"verse_id":"1CH.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"Heb “made war with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A19/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14787,"verse_id":"1CH.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"Heb “and they were helped against them and they were given over into their hand, the Hagrites and all who were with them, for to God they cried out in the battle and he was entreated [or “allowed himself to be entreated”] by them for they trusted in him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A20/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14788,"verse_id":"1CH.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “their”; the referent (the Hagrites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A21/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14789,"verse_id":"1CH.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.22","text":"Heb “from God [was] the battle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A22/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14790,"verse_id":"1CH.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.22","text":"Heb “many slain fell.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A22/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14791,"verse_id":"1CH.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.22","text":"Heb “and they lived in place of them until the exile.” The referent of “them” (the Hagrites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A22/3"}
|
||||
{"id":14792,"verse_id":"1CH.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.24","text":"Heb “and these [were] the heads of the house of their fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A24/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14793,"verse_id":"1CH.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.24","text":"Heb “men of names.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A24/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14794,"verse_id":"1CH.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.25","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A25/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14795,"verse_id":"1CH.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.25","text":"Heb “prostituted themselves after.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A25/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14796,"verse_id":"1CH.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.25","text":"Heb “the peoples of the land.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A25/3"}
|
||||
{"id":14797,"verse_id":"1CH.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.26","text":"Heb “stirred up the spirit of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A26/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14798,"verse_id":"1CH.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.26","text":"Heb “and the spirit of Tilgath-pilneser king of Assyria.” “Pul” and “Tilgath-pilneser” were names of the same Assyrian ruler, more commonly known as Tiglath-pileser (cf. 2 Kgs 15:29 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A26/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
{"id":1778,"verse_id":"1CH.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"The phrase when he defiled his father’s bed refers to Reuben having sexual relations with his father Jacob’s concubine Bilhah. This incident is recorded in Gen 35:22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A1/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
|
||||
{"id":14799,"verse_id":"1CH.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14800,"verse_id":"1CH.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.15","text":"The words “the people of” are added in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A15/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14801,"verse_id":"1CH.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.16","text":"The name “Gershom” (also in vv. 17, 20, 43, 62, 71 ) appears as “Gershon” in 1 Chr 6:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A16/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14802,"verse_id":"1CH.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.19","text":"Heb “by their fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A19/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14803,"verse_id":"1CH.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.22","text":"Or perhaps, “descendants,” since the list differs from the one in v. 18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A22/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14804,"verse_id":"1CH.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.25","text":"Heb “and Achimoth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A25/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14805,"verse_id":"1CH.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.26","text":"The consonantal Hebrew text ( Kethib ) has, “Elkanah, his son, Elkanah.” The marginal reading ( Qere ) is “Elkanah, the sons of Elkanah.” The text probably originally read simply, “Elkanah his son.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A26/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14806,"verse_id":"1CH.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.27","text":"After the last named individual (“Elkanah” in v. 27 ) some LXX mss insert the words “Samuel his son” to facilitate a transition to the following verse, which beings “and the sons of Samuel.” Among the English versions that include this added phrase are NAB, NIV, and NLT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A27/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14807,"verse_id":"1CH.6.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.28","text":"The Hebrew text lacks the name יוֹאֵל ( yo ’ el , “Joel”), which has probably dropped out due to homoioteleuton (note the last three letters of the preceding name שְׁמוּאֵל ( shÿmuel , “Samuel”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A28/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14808,"verse_id":"1CH.6.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.31","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A31/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14809,"verse_id":"1CH.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.32","text":"Heb “they were serving…with music.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A32/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14810,"verse_id":"1CH.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.32","text":"Or traditionally “tabernacle.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A32/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14811,"verse_id":"1CH.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.32","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A32/3"}
|
||||
{"id":14812,"verse_id":"1CH.6.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.39","text":"Heb “and his brother Asaph, the one who stood at his right hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A39/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14813,"verse_id":"1CH.6.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.40","text":"A few Hebrew mss , one LXX ms , and the Syriac read “Maaseiah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A40/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14814,"verse_id":"1CH.6.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.44","text":"Heb “and the sons of Merari, their brothers, on the left.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A44/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14815,"verse_id":"1CH.6.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.48","text":"Heb “their brothers, the Levites.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A48/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14816,"verse_id":"1CH.6.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.48","text":"Heb “were assigned to all the work of the tabernacle of the house of God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A48/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14817,"verse_id":"1CH.6.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.49","text":"Heb “for all the work of the holy of holies.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A49/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14818,"verse_id":"1CH.6.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.49","text":"Heb “making atonement for Israel according to all which Moses the servant of God commanded.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A49/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14819,"verse_id":"1CH.6.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.54","text":"Heb “and these were their dwelling places according to their encampments in their territory to the sons of Aaron.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A54/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14820,"verse_id":"1CH.6.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":54,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.54","text":"Heb “to the clan of the Kohathites for to them was the lot.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A54/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14821,"verse_id":"1CH.6.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.57","text":"The parallel account in Josh 21:13 has the singular “city,” which apparently refers only to Hebron.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A57/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14822,"verse_id":"1CH.6.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":58,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.58","text":"The MT reads “Hilez” here; the place name appears as “Holon” in Josh 21:15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A58/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14823,"verse_id":"1CH.6.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":59,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.59","text":"The MT reads “Ashan” here; the place name appears as “Ain” in Josh 21:16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A59/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14824,"verse_id":"1CH.6.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":59,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"6.59","text":"The LXX and Syriac (following the parallel list in Josh 21:16 ) add “Juttah and its pasturelands” here. Cf. NAB “Jetta”; also NIV, NCV, NLT “Juttah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A59/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14825,"verse_id":"1CH.6.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":60,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.60","text":"The parallel passage in Josh 21:17 adds “Gibeon and its pasturelands” (cf. NAB, NIV, NCV, NLT). The words “they were allotted” are supplied in the translation for both clarity and stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A60/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14826,"verse_id":"1CH.6.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":61,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.61","text":"Heb “to the sons of Kohath who were left from the clan of the tribe, from the half of the tribe of the half of Manasseh by lot ten cities.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A61/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14827,"verse_id":"1CH.6.62","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":62,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.62","text":"Heb “and to the sons of Gershom by their clans from the tribe of Issachar, and from the tribe of Asher, and from the tribe of Naphtali, and from the tribe of Manasseh in Bashan, thirteen cities.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A62/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14828,"verse_id":"1CH.6.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":63,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.63","text":"Heb “and to the sons of Merari by their clans from the tribe of Reuben, and from the tribe of Gad, and from the tribe of Zebulun by lot, twelve cities.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A63/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14829,"verse_id":"1CH.6.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":65,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.65","text":"Heb “and they gave by lot from the tribe of the sons of Judah, and from the tribe of the sons of Simeon, and from the tribe of the sons of Benjamin these cities, which they called them by names.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A65/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14830,"verse_id":"1CH.6.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":66,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.66","text":"Heb “and from [it is probably preferable to read “to” here] the clans of the sons of Kohath and there were the cities of their territory from the tribe of Ephraim.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A66/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14831,"verse_id":"1CH.6.67","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":67,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.67","text":"The parallel account in Josh 21:21 has the singular “city,” referring only to Shechem.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A67/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14832,"verse_id":"1CH.6.70","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":70,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.70","text":"Heb “and from the half of the tribe of Manasseh, Aner and its pasturelands and Bileam and its pasturelands to the clan, to the sons of Kohath who were left.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A70/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14833,"verse_id":"1CH.6.71","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":71,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.71","text":"Heb “to the sons of Gershom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A71/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14834,"verse_id":"1CH.6.77","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":77,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.77","text":"Heb “to the sons of Merari, who were left.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A77/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14835,"verse_id":"1CH.6.77","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":77,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"6.77","text":"Before “Rimmono” the LXX (following the parallel passage in Josh 21:34 ) adds “Jokneam and its pasturelands, Kartah and its pasturelands.” This addition is included in some English versions (e.g., NAB, NIV, NCV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A77/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14836,"verse_id":"1CH.6.78","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":78,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.78","text":"Heb “and from across the Jordan at Jericho, on the east of the Jordan, from the tribe of Reuben.” The word “River” is supplied in the translation for clarity. map For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A78/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
{"id":1779,"verse_id":"1CH.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"Beginning with 6:1 , the verse numbers through 6:81 in the English Bible differ from the verse numbers in the Hebrew text ( BHS ), with 6:1 ET = 5:27 HT, 6:2 ET = 5:28 HT, 6:16 ET = 6:1 HT, etc., through 6:81 ET = 6:66 HT. Beginning with 7:1 the verse numbers in the ET and HT are again the same.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":1780,"verse_id":"1CH.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"Chapter of 1 Chr begins here in the Hebrew text; 6:16-81 ET = 6:1-66 HT. See the note at 6:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A16/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
|
||||
{"id":14837,"verse_id":"1CH.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Many English versions spell this name “Ibsam.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14838,"verse_id":"1CH.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"Many English versions retain a form of this name closer to the Hebrew, i.e., “Shemuel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A2/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14839,"verse_id":"1CH.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “heads of the house of their fathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A2/3"}
|
||||
{"id":14840,"verse_id":"1CH.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “to Tola [there were] warriors by their generations, their number in the days of David [was] 22,600.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A2/4"}
|
||||
{"id":14841,"verse_id":"1CH.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"The Hebrew text has the plural “sons,” but only one son is listed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14842,"verse_id":"1CH.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “and unto them by their generations to the house of their fathers [were] troops of war of battle, 36,000, for they had many wives and sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14843,"verse_id":"1CH.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “and their brothers, according to all the clans of Issachar, the warriors [were] 87,000 listed in the genealogical records for all.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A5/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14844,"verse_id":"1CH.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “Benjamin,” but בְּנֵי ( bÿney , “sons of”) has dropped out by haplography ( בְּנֵי בִּנְיָמִן , bÿney binyamin ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14845,"verse_id":"1CH.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"The Hebrew text has the plural “sons,” but only one son is listed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14846,"verse_id":"1CH.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"The name “Aher” appears as “Ahiram” in Num 26:38 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14847,"verse_id":"1CH.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"The name “Jahziel” appears as “Jahzeel” in Gen 46:24 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14848,"verse_id":"1CH.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.13","text":"Most Hebrew mss read “Shallum”; some Hebrew mss and some LXX mss read “Shillem,” the form of the name that appears in Gen 46:24 and Num 26:49 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A13/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14849,"verse_id":"1CH.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"Some translations treat the terms שֻׁפִּים ( shuppim ) and חֻפִּים ( khuppim ) as proper names of individuals (“Huppim” and “Shuppim”), but others consider these forms to be plurals and refer to tribal or clan names.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A15/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14850,"verse_id":"1CH.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “and the name of the second was Zelophehad.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A15/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14851,"verse_id":"1CH.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"The Hebrew text has the plural “sons,” but only one son is listed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14852,"verse_id":"1CH.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Ephraim) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A23/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14853,"verse_id":"1CH.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “because in tragedy there had come to his house.” The preposition prefixed to רָעָה ( ra ’ ah ) should probably be omitted. The Hebrew noun רָעָה (“tragedy”) should be understood as the subject of the feminine verb form that follows.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A23/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14854,"verse_id":"1CH.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.25","text":"The antecedent of the pronoun “his” is not clear. The translation assumes that v. 25 resumes the list of Ephraim’s descendants (see vv. 20-21 a) after a lengthy parenthesis (vv. 21 b-24).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A25/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14855,"verse_id":"1CH.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.25","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “Resheph,” but the phrase “his son” has probably been accidentally omitted, since the names before and after this one include the phrase.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A25/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14856,"verse_id":"1CH.7.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.27","text":"Heb “Non” (so KJV, NASB; cf. Exod 33:11 , where the more familiar spelling “Nun” occurs).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A27/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14857,"verse_id":"1CH.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.28","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A28/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14858,"verse_id":"1CH.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.29","text":"“Beth Shean” is a variant spelling of “Beth Shan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A29/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14859,"verse_id":"1CH.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.29","text":"For location see Map1-D4 ; Map2-C1 ; Map4-C2 ; Map5-F2 ; Map7-B1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A29/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14860,"verse_id":"1CH.7.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.34","text":"The Hebrew text has אֲחִי (’ akhiy , “the brother of”), but this should probably be emended to אֲחִיו (’ akhiyv , “his brother”). Cf. v. 35 . Most English versions treat this Hebrew word as a proper name (“Ahi”) and list it before “Rohgah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A34/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14861,"verse_id":"1CH.7.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.34","text":"Or “Shomer,” cf. v. 32 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A34/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14862,"verse_id":"1CH.7.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"7.34","text":"“Hubbah” is the marginal reading ( Qere ); the consonantal text ( Kethib ) has “Jachbah.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A34/3"}
|
||||
{"id":14863,"verse_id":"1CH.7.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.35","text":"Or “Hotham,” cf. v. 32 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A35/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14864,"verse_id":"1CH.7.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.37","text":"The name “Ithran” is sometimes understood to be another name for “Jether” (v. 38 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A37/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14865,"verse_id":"1CH.7.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.40","text":"Heb “all these were the sons of Asher, heads of the house of the fathers, selected, warriors, heads of the leaders, and there was listed in the genealogical records in war, in battle, their number, men, 26,000.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A40/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
{"id":1781,"verse_id":"1CH.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"See the note on the word “concubine” in 1:32 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A14/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||
{"id":14866,"verse_id":"1CH.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Gera) has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%208%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14867,"verse_id":"1CH.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.28","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%208%3A28/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14868,"verse_id":"1CH.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.29","text":"Some LXX mss supply the name “Jeiel,” which is not in the MT (cf. 1 Chr 9:35 ). The addition of the name here is followed by many English versions (e.g., ASV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%208%3A29/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14869,"verse_id":"1CH.8.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":8,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.30","text":"Some LXX mss add “Ner” here (cf. 1 Chr 9:36 and v. 33 below, where Ner is mentioned as the father of Kish). The form וְנֵר ( vÿner ) could have been accidentally omitted by homoioarcton since each name in the list has the conjunction prefixed to it. Some English versions follow the LXX here and add “Ner” (e.g., NAB, NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%208%3A30/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14870,"verse_id":"1CH.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.31","text":"The Hebrew text omits the name “Mikloth,” but it may have fallen out accidentally by haplography. Note that the name immediately follows at the beginning of v. 32 ; cf. NAB.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%208%3A31/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14871,"verse_id":"1CH.8.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":8,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.32","text":"Heb “and also they, opposite their brothers, lived in Jerusalem with their brothers.” This redundancy has been removed in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%208%3A32/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14872,"verse_id":"1CH.8.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":8,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.38","text":"The Hebrew text has בֹּכְרוּ ( bokhÿru ), which some understand as a name: “Bocheru” (so, e.g., NEB, NASB, NIV, NRSV). But the form should probably be revocalized בְּכֹרוֹ ( bÿkhoru , “his firstborn”). A name has accidentally dropped from the list, and a scribe apparently read בֹּכְרוּ as one of the names.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%208%3A38/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14873,"verse_id":"1CH.8.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":8,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"8.38","text":"The Lucianic recension of the LXX inserts another name here, καὶ Ἀζαριας ( kai Azarias , “and Azariah”), presumably to make up the six sons mentioned at the beginning of the verse (see the previous tc note on “firstborn”). Cf. NAB.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%208%3A38/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14874,"verse_id":"1CH.8.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":8,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.40","text":"Heb “and the sons of Ulam were men, warriors and treaders of a bow.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%208%3A40/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
|
||||
{"id":1782,"verse_id":"1CH.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"Aharah is called “Ahiram” in Num 26:38 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%208%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":1783,"verse_id":"1CH.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"8.33","text":"Eshbaal is called “Ishbosheth” in 2 Sam 2:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%208%3A33/1"}
|
||||
{"id":1784,"verse_id":"1CH.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"8.34","text":"Meribbaal is called “Mephibosheth” in 2 Sam 4:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%208%3A34/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
||||
{"id":14875,"verse_id":"1CH.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.1","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “Judah,” though the verb הָגְלוּ ( hoglu , “carried away”) is plural.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14876,"verse_id":"1CH.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “and the inhabitants, the first who [were] in their property in their cities, Israel, the priests, the Levites, and the temple servants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14877,"verse_id":"1CH.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14878,"verse_id":"1CH.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"The words “the settlers included” are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14879,"verse_id":"1CH.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “and all these men were heads of fathers for the house of their fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14880,"verse_id":"1CH.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “capable [for] the work of the task of the house of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14881,"verse_id":"1CH.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “and his brothers belonging to the house of his father, the Korachites, to the work of the task, guardians of the threshold of the tent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A19/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14882,"verse_id":"1CH.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “and their fathers to the camp of the Lord , guardians of the entrance.” Here “fathers” is used in a more general sense of “forefathers” or “ancestors” and is not limited specifically to their fathers only.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A19/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14883,"verse_id":"1CH.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.22","text":"The Hebrew term is רֹאֶה ( ro ’ eh , “seer”), an older word for נָבִיא ( navi ’, “prophet”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A22/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14884,"verse_id":"1CH.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.22","text":"Heb “they – David appointed, and Samuel the seer, in their position.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A22/2"}
|
||||
{"id":14885,"verse_id":"1CH.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.23","text":"Heb “and they and their sons to the gates of the house of the Lord , of the house of the tent, [were assigned] as guards.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A23/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14886,"verse_id":"1CH.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.26","text":"Heb “in the house of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A26/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14887,"verse_id":"1CH.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.27","text":"Heb “in the house of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A27/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14888,"verse_id":"1CH.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.28","text":"Heb “and from them over the articles of the task, for by number they would bring them in, and by number they would bring them out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A28/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14889,"verse_id":"1CH.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.29","text":"Heb “holy place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A29/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14890,"verse_id":"1CH.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.31","text":"The word “son” is not in the Hebrew text, but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A31/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14891,"verse_id":"1CH.9.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.33","text":"Heb “were in rooms.” The words “at the sanctuary” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A33/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14892,"verse_id":"1CH.9.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.38","text":"Heb “and also they, opposite their brothers, lived in Jerusalem with their brothers.” This redundancy has been removed in the translation. map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A38/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14893,"verse_id":"1CH.9.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.41","text":"The name “Ahaz” is included in the Vulgate and Syriac, but omitted in the MT. It probably was accidentally omitted by haplography. Note that the name appears at the beginning of the next verse. Cf. also 8:35 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A41/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14894,"verse_id":"1CH.9.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.42","text":"So MT; some Hebrew mss and the LXX read “Jadah” (cf. NIV, NCV, NLT) while in 8:36 the name “Jehoaddah’ appears (cf. NAB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A42/1"}
|
||||
{"id":14895,"verse_id":"1CH.9.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.44","text":"The Hebrew text has בֹּכְרוּ ( bokhÿru ), which some understand as a name: “Bocheru” (so, e.g., NEB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT). But the form should probably be revocalized בְֹּכרוֹ ( bÿkhoro , “his firstborn”). A name has accidentally dropped from the list, and a scribe apparently read בֹּכְרוּ as one of the names. Cf. also 1 Chr 8:38 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A44/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
{"id":1785,"verse_id":"1CH.9.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"9.39","text":"Eshbaal is called “Ishbosheth” in 2 Sam 2:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A39/1"}
|
||||
{"id":1786,"verse_id":"1CH.9.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"9.40","text":"Meribbaal is called “Mephibosheth” in 2 Sam 4:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A40/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
|
||||
{"id":45086,"verse_id":"1CO.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “Paul.” The word “From” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the sender of the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45087,"verse_id":"1CO.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"B D F G 33 it). The meaning is not affected in either case, but the reading “Christ Jesus” is preferred both because it has somewhat better attestation and because it is slightly more difficult and thus more likely the original (a scribe who found it would be prone to change it to the more common expression). At the same time, Paul is fond of the order “Christ Jesus.” As well, the later Pauline letters almost uniformly use this order in the salutations. Thus, on both external and internal grounds, “Christ Jesus” is the preferred reading here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A1/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45088,"verse_id":"1CO.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"For location see JP1-C2 ; JP2-C2 ; JP3-C2 ; JP4-C2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45089,"verse_id":"1CO.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Grk “theirs and ours.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A2/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45090,"verse_id":"1CO.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Grk “Grace to you and peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45091,"verse_id":"1CO.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “who,” referring to Christ. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45092,"verse_id":"1CO.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “brothers,” but the Greek word may be used for “brothers and sisters” or “fellow Christians” as here (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 1, where considerable nonbiblical evidence for the plural ἀδελφοί [ adelfoi ] meaning “brothers and sisters” is cited).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45093,"verse_id":"1CO.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “that you all say the same thing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A10/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45094,"verse_id":"1CO.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “that there be no divisions among you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A10/3"}
|
||||
{"id":45095,"verse_id":"1CO.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “that you be united in/by the same mind and in/by the same purpose.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A10/4"}
|
||||
{"id":45096,"verse_id":"1CO.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A11/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45097,"verse_id":"1CO.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Or “rivalries, disputes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A11/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45098,"verse_id":"1CO.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Or “And I say this because.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45099,"verse_id":"1CO.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Questions prefaced with μή ( mh ) in Greek anticipate a negative answer. This can sometimes be indicated by using a “tag” at the end in English (here the tag is “was he?”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45100,"verse_id":"1CO.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"This third question marks a peak in which Paul’s incredulity at the Corinthians’ attitude is in focus. The words “in fact” have been supplied in the translation to make this rhetorical juncture clear.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A13/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45101,"verse_id":"1CO.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"), lack the words τῷ θεῷ ( tw qew , “God”), while the rest have them. An accidental omission could well account for the shorter reading, especially since θεῷ would have been written as a nomen sacrum ( eucaristwtwqMw ). However, one might expect to see, in some mss at least, a dropping of the article but not the divine name. Internally, the Pauline introductory thanksgivings elsewhere always include τῷ θεῷ after εὐχαριστῶ ( eucaristw , “I thank”; cf. Rom 1:8 ; 1 Cor 1:4 ; Phil 1:3 ; Phlm 4 ; in the plural, note Col 1:3 ; 1 Thess 1:2 ). However, both the fact that this is already used in 1 Cor 1:4 (thus perhaps motivating scribes to add it ten verses later), and that in later portions of his letters Paul does not consistently use the collocation of εὐχαριστῶ with τῷ θεῷ ( Rom 16:4 ; 1 Cor 10:30 ), might give one pause. Still, nowhere else in the corpus Paulinum do we see a sentence begin with εὐχαριστῶ without an accompanying τῷ θεῷ . A decision is difficult, but on balance it is probably best to retain the words.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A14/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45102,"verse_id":"1CO.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Grk “would not be emptied.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45103,"verse_id":"1CO.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"Grk “the scribe.” The traditional rendering of γραμματεύς ( grammateu\" ) as “scribe” does not communicate much to the modern English reader, for whom the term might mean “professional copyist,” if it means anything at all. The people referred to here were recognized experts in the law of Moses and in traditional laws and regulations. Thus “expert in the Mosaic law” comes closer to the meaning for the modern reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A20/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45104,"verse_id":"1CO.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.23","text":"Or “Messiah”; Grk “preach Christ [Messiah] crucified,” giving the content of the message.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A23/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45105,"verse_id":"1CO.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.25","text":"Grk “than men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A25/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45106,"verse_id":"1CO.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.25","text":"Grk “than men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A25/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45107,"verse_id":"1CO.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.26","text":"Grk “Think about your calling.” “Calling” in Paul’s writings usually refers to God’s work of drawing people to faith in Christ. The following verses show that “calling” here stands by metonymy for their circumstances when they became Christians, leading to the translation “the circumstances of your call.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A26/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45108,"verse_id":"1CO.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.26","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A26/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45109,"verse_id":"1CO.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.26","text":"Grk “according to the flesh.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A26/3"}
|
||||
{"id":45110,"verse_id":"1CO.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.26","text":"The Greek word ευγενής ( eugenh\" ) refers to the status of being born into nobility, wealth, or power with an emphasis on the privileges and benefits that come with that position.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A26/4"}
|
||||
{"id":45111,"verse_id":"1CO.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.28","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A28/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45112,"verse_id":"1CO.1.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.30","text":"Grk “of him you are in Christ Jesus.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A30/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
{"id":7769,"verse_id":"1CO.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Made rich refers to how God richly blessed the Corinthians with an abundance of spiritual gifts (cf. v. 7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A5/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7770,"verse_id":"1CO.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Speech and knowledge refer to the spiritual gifts God had blessed them with (as v. 7 confirms). Paul will discuss certain abuses of their gifts in chapters 12-14 , but he thanks God for their giftedness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A5/2"}
|
||||
{"id":7771,"verse_id":"1CO.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"The revelation of our Lord Jesus Christ refers to the Lord’s return, when he will be revealed (cf. the reference to the day of our Lord Jesus Christ in v. 8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7772,"verse_id":"1CO.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"A quotation from Isa 29:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A19/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7773,"verse_id":"1CO.1.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"1.31","text":"A quotation from Jer 9:24 . The themes of have influenced Paul’s presentation in vv. 26-31 . Jeremiah calls upon the wise, the strong, and the wealthy not to trust in their resources but in their knowledge of the true God – and so to boast in the Lord . Paul addresses the same three areas of human pride.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A31/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||
{"id":45212,"verse_id":"1CO.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"Grk “ignorant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45213,"verse_id":"1CO.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A1/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45214,"verse_id":"1CO.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"read the imperfect middle ἐβαπτίζοντο [ ebaptizonto ]). The passive looks like a motivated reading in that it is clearer and conforms to typical Pauline usage (his thirteen instances of the verb are all either active or passive). B. M. Metzger, in representing a minority opinion of the UBS Committee, suggests that the middle would have been appropriate for Jewish baptism in which the convert baptizes himself ( TCGNT 493). But this assumes that the middle is a direct middle, a rare occurrence in the NT (and never elsewhere with this verb). Further, it is not really baptism that is in view in v. 2 , but passing through the Red Sea (thus, a metaphorical use). Although the present editors agree with the minority’s resultant reading, it is better to take the middle as causative/permissive and the scribes as changing it to a passive for clarity’s sake. Translational differences are minimal, though some exegetical implications are involved (see ExSyn 427).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45215,"verse_id":"1CO.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"The term “play” may refer to idolatrous, sexual play here, although that is determined by the context rather than the meaning of the word itself (cf. BDAG 750 s.v. παίζω ). sn A quotation from Exod 32:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45216,"verse_id":"1CO.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"1739 1881) and Western (D F G) texttypes, and other mss and versions ( Ψ latt sy co). On the other hand, some of the important Alexandrian witnesses have κύριον ( kurion , “Lord”; א B C P 33 104 1175 al ). A few mss (A 81 pc ) have θεόν ( qeon , “God”). The nomina sacra for these readings are quite similar ( cMn , kMn , and qMn respectively), so one might be able to account for the different readings by way of confusion. On closer examination, the variants appear to be intentional changes. Alexandrian scribes replaced the highly specific term “Christ” with the less specific terms “Lord” and “God” because in the context it seems to be anachronistic to speak of the exodus generation putting Christ to the test. If the original had been “Lord,” it seems unlikely that a scribe would have willingly created a difficulty by substituting the more specific “Christ.” Moreover, even if not motivated by a tendency to overcorrect, a scribe might be likely to assimilate the word “Christ” to “Lord” in conformity with Deut 6:16 or other passages. The evidence from the early church regarding the reading of this verse is rather compelling in favor of “Christ.” Marcion, a second-century, anti-Jewish heretic, would naturally have opposed any reference to Christ in historical involvement with Israel, because he thought of the Creator God of the OT as inherently evil. In spite of this strong prejudice, though, {Marcion} read a text with “Christ.” Other early church writers attest to the presence of the word “Christ,” including {Clement of Alexandria} and Origen. What is more, the synod of Antioch in a.d. 268 used the reading “Christ” as evidence of the preexistence of Christ when it condemned Paul of Samosata. (See G. Zuntz, The Text of the Epistles , 126-27; TCGNT 494; C. D. Osburn, “The Text of 1 Corinthians 10:9 ,” New Testament Textual Criticism: Its Significance for Exegesis , 201-11; contra A. Robertson and A. Plummer, First Corinthians [ICC], 205-6.) Since “Christ” is the more difficult reading on all accounts, it is almost certainly original. In addition, “Christ” is consistent with Paul’s style in this passage (cf. 10:4 , a text in which {Marcion} also reads “Christ”). This text is also christologically significant, since the reading “Christ” makes an explicit claim to the preexistence of Christ. (The textual critic faces a similar dilemma in Jude 5 . In a similar exodus context, some of the more important Alexandrian mss [A B 33 81 pc ] and the Vulgate read “Jesus” in place of “Lord.” Two of those mss [A 81] are the same mss that have “Christ” instead of “God” in 1 Cor 10:9 . See the tc notes on Jude 5 for more information.) In sum, “Christ” has all the earmarks of authenticity here and should be considered the original reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45217,"verse_id":"1CO.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Grk “by the destroyer.” BDAG 703 s.v. ὀλοθρευτῆς mentions the corresponding OT references and notes, “the one meant is the destroying angel as the one who carries out the divine sentence of punishment, or perh. Satan.” sn This incident is recorded in Num 16:41-50 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45218,"verse_id":"1CO.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Grk “except a human one” or “except one common to humanity.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45219,"verse_id":"1CO.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.13","text":"Grk “God is faithful who.” The relative pronoun was changed to a personal pronoun in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A13/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45220,"verse_id":"1CO.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.13","text":"The words “to bear” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. They have been supplied in the translation to clarify the meaning.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A13/3"}
|
||||
{"id":45221,"verse_id":"1CO.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.18","text":"Grk “Israel according to (the) flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A18/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45222,"verse_id":"1CO.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.20","text":"Grk “what they sacrifice”; the referent (the pagans) is clear from the context and has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A20/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45223,"verse_id":"1CO.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.22","text":"The question in Greek expects a negative answer (“We are not stronger than he is, are we?”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A22/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45224,"verse_id":"1CO.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.23","text":"Grk “builds up.” The object “others” is not expressed but is implied, as v. 24 shows. Paul picks up a theme he introduced at the start of this section of the letter ( 8:1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A23/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45225,"verse_id":"1CO.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.28","text":"Ψ Ï ) essentially duplicate v. 26 at the end of this verse (with γάρ [ gar , “for”] in second instead of third position), which itself is a quotation from Ps 24:1 ( 23:1 LXX). Not only is there a vast number of early, important, and diverse witnesses that lack this extra material ( א A B C* D F G H* P 33 81 365 630 1175 1739 1881 2464 latt co), but the quotation seems out of place at this point in the discourse for Paul is here discussing reasons not to partake of food that has been sacrificed to idols. Perhaps scribes felt that since food is from the Lord, to eat meat sacrificed to idols contradicts that belief. Either way, the better witnesses lack the clause which, had it been authentic to v. 28 , would have not occasioned such a widespread excision. The evidence is thus compelling for the shorter reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A28/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45226,"verse_id":"1CO.10.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.30","text":"Grk “about that for which”; the referent (the food) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A30/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45227,"verse_id":"1CO.10.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.33","text":"Although the Greek word translated “benefit” occurs only once in this verse, the Greek article occurs twice. This indicates an implied repetition of the term, which has been included twice in the translation for the sake of clarity and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A33/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
|
||||
{"id":7797,"verse_id":"1CO.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"10.8","text":"This incident is recorded in Num 25:1-9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7798,"verse_id":"1CO.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"2","reference":"10.9","text":"This incident is recorded in Num 21:5-9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A9/2"}
|
||||
{"id":7799,"verse_id":"1CO.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"10.23","text":"“ Everything is lawful. ” Here again Paul cites certain slogans the Corinthians used to justify their behavior (cf. 6:12-13; 7:1; 8:1, 4 ). Paul agrees with the slogans in part, but corrects them to show how the Corinthians have misused these ideas.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A23/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7800,"verse_id":"1CO.10.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"10.26","text":"A quotation from Ps 24:1 ; an allusion to Ps 50:12; 89:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A26/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
||||
{"id":45228,"verse_id":"1CO.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"א A B C P 81 630 1175 1739 1881 2464 co) largely lack the address. The addition of ἀδελφοί is apparently a motivated reading, however, for scribes would have naturally wanted to add it to ἐπαινῶ δὲ ὑμᾶς ( epainw de Juma\" , “now I praise you”), especially as this begins a new section. On the other hand, it is difficult to explain how the shorter reading could have arisen from the longer one. Thus, on both internal and external grounds, the shorter reading is strongly preferred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2011%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45229,"verse_id":"1CO.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"Or “the husband is the head of his wife.” The same Greek words translated “man” and “woman” can mean, as determined by context, “husband” and “wife” respectively. Such an approach is followed by NAB, TEV, NRSV, and NLT (with some variations).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2011%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45230,"verse_id":"1CO.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.19","text":"Grk “those approved may be evident among you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2011%3A19/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45231,"verse_id":"1CO.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.28","text":"The word “first” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. It has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2011%3A28/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45232,"verse_id":"1CO.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.28","text":"Grk “in this manner.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2011%3A28/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45233,"verse_id":"1CO.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.29","text":"The word more literally means, “judging between, recognizing, distinguishing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2011%3A29/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45234,"verse_id":"1CO.11.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":11,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.30","text":"Grk “are asleep.” The verb κοιμάω ( koimaw ) literally means “sleep,” but it is often used in the Bible as a euphemism for the death of a believer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2011%3A30/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45235,"verse_id":"1CO.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.33","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2011%3A33/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
|
||||
{"id":7801,"verse_id":"1CO.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"11.10","text":"Paul does not use a word specifying what type of “covering” is meant (veil, hat, etc.). The Greek word he uses here ( ἐξουσία exousia ; translated symbol of authority ) could be (1) a figure of speech that may substitute the result (the right to participate in worship) for the appropriate appearance that makes it possible (the covered head). Or (2) it refers to the outward symbol (having the head covered) as representing the inward attitude the woman is to possess (deference to male leadership in the church).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2011%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7802,"verse_id":"1CO.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"2","reference":"11.10","text":"Paul does not explain this reference to the angels , and its point is not entirely clear. It seems to reflect an awareness that angels are witnesses to church life (cf. Eph 3:10 ) and would be particularly sensitive to resistance against God’s created order.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2011%3A10/2"}
|
||||
{"id":7803,"verse_id":"1CO.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"11.14","text":"Paul does not mean nature in the sense of “the natural world” or “Mother Nature.” It denotes “the way things are” because of God’s design.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2011%3A14/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7804,"verse_id":"1CO.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"11.15","text":"No word for veil or head covering occurs in vv. 3-14 (see the note on authority in v. 10 ). That the hair is regarded by Paul as a covering in v. 15 is not necessarily an argument that the hair is the same as the head covering that he is describing in the earlier verses (esp. v. 10 ). Throughout this unit of material, Paul points out the similarities of long hair with a head covering. But his doing so seems to suggest that the two are not to be identified with each other. Precisely because they are similar they do not appear to be identical (cf. vv. 5, 6, 7, 10, 13 ). If head covering = long hair, then what does v. 6 mean (“For if a woman will not cover her head, she should cut off her hair”)? This suggests that the covering is not the same as the hair itself.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2011%3A15/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
{"id":45236,"verse_id":"1CO.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"Grk “spiritual things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2012%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45237,"verse_id":"1CO.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2012%3A1/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45238,"verse_id":"1CO.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.1","text":"Grk “ignorant.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2012%3A1/3"}
|
||||
{"id":45239,"verse_id":"1CO.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.13","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 7:21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2012%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45240,"verse_id":"1CO.12.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":12,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.23","text":"Grk “have greater propriety (or decorum, presentability).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2012%3A23/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45241,"verse_id":"1CO.12.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":12,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.26","text":"has the word in brackets, indicating doubt as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2012%3A26/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45242,"verse_id":"1CO.12.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":12,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.31","text":"Grk “a still more excellent way.” In this context the phrase has an elative rather than a comparative sense, however.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2012%3A31/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
{"id":7805,"verse_id":"1CO.12.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":12,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"12.30","text":"The questions in vv. 29-30 all expect a negative response.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2012%3A30/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
|
||||
{"id":45243,"verse_id":"1CO.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Ï ); and καυθῇ ( kauqh , “it might be burned”) read by 1505 pc . On an external level, the Alexandrian reading is obviously superior, though the Western and Byzantine readings need to be accounted for. (The following discussion is derived largely from TCGNT 497-98). Internally, καυχήσωμαι is superior for the following reasons: (1) Once the Church started suffering persecution and martyrdom by fire, the v.l. naturally arose. Once there, it is difficult to see why any scribe would intentionally change it to καυχήσωμαι . (2) Involving as it does the change of just two letters ( χ to θ [ c to q ], ω to ο [ w to o ]), this reading could be accomplished without much fanfare. Yet, it appears cumbersome in the context, both because of the passive voice and especially the retention of the first person (“If I give up my body that I may be burned”). A more logical word would have been the third person passive, καυθῇ , as read in 1505 (“If I give up my body that it may be burned”). (3) Although the connection between giving up one’s body and boasting is ambiguous, this very ambiguity has all the earmarks of being from Paul. It may have the force of giving up one’s body into slavery. In any event, it looks to be the harder reading. Incidentally, the Byzantine reading is impossible because the future subjunctive did not occur in Koine Greek. As the reading of the majority of Byzantine minuscules, its roots are clearly post-Koine and as such is a “grammatical monstrosity that cannot be attributed to Paul” ( TCGNT 498). Cf. also the notes in BDF §28; MHT 2:219.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2013%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45244,"verse_id":"1CO.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.10","text":"Or “when completion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2013%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45245,"verse_id":"1CO.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"The Greek term translated “adult” here is ἀνήρ ( anhr ), a term which ordinarily refers to males, husbands, etc. In this context Paul contrasts the states of childhood and adulthood, so the term has been translated “adult”; cf. BDAG 79 s.v. 1 .b.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2013%3A11/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45246,"verse_id":"1CO.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.12","text":"Grk “we are seeing through [= using] a mirror by means of a dark image.” Corinth was well known in the ancient world for producing some of the finest bronze mirrors available. Paul’s point in this analogy, then, is not that our current understanding and relationship with God is distorted (as if the mirror reflected poorly), but rather that it is “indirect,” (i.e., the nature of looking in a mirror) compared to the relationship we will enjoy with him in the future when we see him “face to face” (cf. G. D. Fee, First Corinthians [NICNT], 648). The word “indirectly” translates the Greek phrase ἐν αἰνίγματι ( ejn ainigmati , “in an obscure image”) which itself may reflect an allusion to Num 12:8 (LXX οὐ δι᾿ αἰνιγμάτων ), where God says that he speaks to Moses “mouth to mouth [= face to face]…and not in dark figures [of speech].” Though this allusion to the OT is not explicitly developed here, it probably did not go unnoticed by the Corinthians who were apparently familiar with OT traditions about Moses (cf. 1 Cor 10:2 ). Indeed, in 2 Cor 3:13-18 Paul had recourse with the Corinthians to contrast Moses’ ministry under the old covenant with the hope afforded through apostolic ministry and the new covenant. Further, it is in this context, specifically in 2 Cor 3:18 , that the apostle invokes the use of the mirror analogy again in order to unfold the nature of the Christian’s progressive transformation by the Spirit.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2013%3A12/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
{"id":45247,"verse_id":"1CO.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"Or “with the spirit”; cf. vv. 14-16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45248,"verse_id":"1CO.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"Grk “edification.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45249,"verse_id":"1CO.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.6","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45250,"verse_id":"1CO.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"Grk “eager for spirits.” The plural is probably a shorthand for the Spirit’s gifts, especially in this context, tongues.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45251,"verse_id":"1CO.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.14","text":"places the word in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A14/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45252,"verse_id":"1CO.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"Grk “what then is it?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A15/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45253,"verse_id":"1CO.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.16","text":"Grk “how can someone who fills the place of the unlearned say ‘Amen.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A16/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45254,"verse_id":"1CO.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.20","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A20/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45255,"verse_id":"1CO.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.26","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A26/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45256,"verse_id":"1CO.14.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.34","text":"The word for “woman” and “wife” is the same in Greek. Because of the reference to husbands in v. 35 , the word may be translated “wives” here. But in passages governing conduct in church meetings like this (cf. 11:2-16 ; 1 Tim 2:9-15 ) the general meaning “women” is more likely.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A34/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45257,"verse_id":"1CO.14.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.35","text":"Ambst) have these verses after v. 40 , while the rest of the tradition retains them here. There are no mss that omit the verses. Why, then, would some scholars wish to excise the verses? Because they believe that this best explains how they could end up in two different locations, that is to say, that the verses got into the text by way of a very early gloss added in the margin. Most scribes put the gloss after v. 33 ; others, not knowing where they should go, put them at the end of the chapter. Fee points out that “Those who wish to maintain the authenticity of these verses must at least offer an adequate answer as to how this arrangement came into existence if Paul wrote them originally as our vv. 34-35 ” ( First Corinthians [NICNT], 700). In a footnote he adds, “The point is that if it were already in the text after v. 33 , there is no reason for a copyist to make such a radical transposition.” Although it is not our intention to interact with proponents of the shorter text in any detail here, a couple of points ought to be made. (1) Since these verses occur in all witnesses to 1 Corinthians , to argue that they are not original means that they must have crept into the text at the earliest stage of transmission. How early? Earlier than when the pericope adulterae ( John 7:53-8:11 ) made its way into the text (late 2nd, early 3rd century?), earlier than the longer ending of Mark ( 16:9-20 ) was produced (early 2nd century?), and earlier than even “in Ephesus” was added to Eph 1:1 (upon reception of the letter by the first church to which it came, the church at Ephesus) – because in these other, similar places, the earliest witnesses do not add the words. This text thus stands as remarkable, unique. Indeed, since all the witnesses have the words, the evidence points to them as having been inserted into the original document. Who would have done such a thing? And, further, why would scribes have regarded it as original since it was obviously added in the margin? This leads to our second point. (2) Following a suggestion made by E. E. Ellis (“The Silenced Wives of Corinth (I Cor. 14:34-5),” New Testament Textual Criticism: Its Significance for Exegesis , 213-20 [the suggestion comes at the end of the article, almost as an afterthought]), it is likely that Paul himself added the words in the margin. Since it was so much material to add, Paul could have squelched any suspicions by indicating that the words were his (e.g., by adding his name or some other means [cf. 2 Thess 3:17 ]). This way no scribe would think that the material was inauthentic. (Incidentally, this is unlike the textual problem at Rom 5:1 , for there only one letter was at stake; hence, scribes would easily have thought that the “text” reading was original. And Paul would hardly be expected to add his signature for one letter.) (3) What then is to account for the uniform Western tradition of having the verses at the end of the chapter? Our conjecture (and that is all it is) is that the scribe of the Western Vorlage could no longer read where the verses were to be added (any marginal arrows or other directional device could have been smudged), but, recognizing that this was part of the original text, felt compelled to put it somewhere. The least offensive place would have been at the end of the material on church conduct (end of chapter ), before the instructions about the resurrection began. Although there were no chapter divisions in the earliest period of copying, scribes could still detect thought breaks (note the usage in the earliest papyri). (4) The very location of the verses in the Western tradition argues strongly that Paul both authored vv. 34-35 and that they were originally part of the margin of the text. Otherwise, one has a difficulty explaining why no scribe seemed to have hinted that these verses might be inauthentic (the scribal sigla of codex B, as noticed by Payne, can be interpreted otherwise than as an indication of inauthenticity [cf. J. E. Miller, “Some Observations on the Text-Critical Function of the Umlauts in Vaticanus, with Special Attention to 1 Corinthians 14.34-35 ,” JSNT 26 [2003]: 217-36.). There are apparently no mss that have an asterisk or obelisk in the margin. Yet in other places in the NT where scribes doubted the authenticity of the clauses before them, they often noted their protest with an asterisk or obelisk. We are thus compelled to regard the words as original, and as belonging where they are in the text above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A35/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45258,"verse_id":"1CO.14.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.36","text":"Grk “Did the word of God go out from you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A36/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45259,"verse_id":"1CO.14.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.39","text":"has the word in brackets, indicating doubt as to its authenticity. Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A39/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45260,"verse_id":"1CO.14.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.39","text":"Grk “speaking in tongues.” The words “anyone from” are supplied for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A39/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
|
||||
{"id":7806,"verse_id":"1CO.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"14.4","text":"The Greek term builds (himself) up does not necessarily bear positive connotations in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7807,"verse_id":"1CO.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"14.21","text":"A quotation from Isa 28:11-12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A21/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7808,"verse_id":"1CO.14.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"14.33","text":"This phrase may be taken with v. 33 a.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A33/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7809,"verse_id":"1CO.14.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"2","reference":"14.34","text":"For they are not permitted to speak. In light of 11:2-16 , which gives permission for women to pray or prophesy in the church meetings, the silence commanded here seems not to involve the absolute prohibition of a woman addressing the assembly. Therefore (1) some take be silent to mean not taking an authoritative teaching role as indicates, but (2) the better suggestion is to relate it to the preceding regulations about evaluating the prophets (v. 29 ). Here Paul would be indicating that the women should not speak up during such an evaluation, since such questioning would be in violation of the submission to male leadership that the OT calls for ( the law , e.g., Gen 2:18 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A34/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
|
||||
{"id":45261,"verse_id":"1CO.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.1","text":"Grk “Now I make known to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45262,"verse_id":"1CO.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A1/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45263,"verse_id":"1CO.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.3","text":"Grk “among (the) first things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45264,"verse_id":"1CO.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"Grk “he has been raised/is raised,” using a Greek tense that points to the present effect of the act of raising him. But in English idiom the temporal phrase “on the third day” requires a different translation of the verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45265,"verse_id":"1CO.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.6","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45266,"verse_id":"1CO.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.6","text":"Grk “most of whom remain until now.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A6/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45267,"verse_id":"1CO.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.6","text":"The verb κοιμάω ( koimaw ) literally means “sleep,” but it is often used in the Bible as a euphemism for death when speaking of believers. This metaphorical usage by its very nature emphasizes the hope of resurrection: Believers will one day “wake up” out of death. Here the term refers to death, but “sleep” was used in the translation to emphasize the metaphorical, rhetorical usage of the term.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A6/3"}
|
||||
{"id":45268,"verse_id":"1CO.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.12","text":"Grk “that he has been raised from the dead.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45269,"verse_id":"1CO.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.18","text":"See the note on the word “asleep” in 15:6 . This term is also used in v. 20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A18/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45270,"verse_id":"1CO.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.21","text":"Or “through a human being” (a reference to Adam).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A21/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45271,"verse_id":"1CO.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.21","text":"Or “through a human being” (a reference to Jesus Christ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A21/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45272,"verse_id":"1CO.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.23","text":"Grk “then those who belong to Christ, at his coming.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A23/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45273,"verse_id":"1CO.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.24","text":"This is a continuation of the previous sentence in the Greek text. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A24/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45274,"verse_id":"1CO.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.24","text":"Grk “then the end” or “then (is) the end.” Paul explains how the “end” relates to resurrection in vv. 25-28 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A24/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45275,"verse_id":"1CO.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.31","text":"Or, more literally, “I swear by the boasting in you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A31/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45276,"verse_id":"1CO.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.31","text":"D F G Ψ 075 0243 1739 1881 Ï ) are not as strong as for the addition of ἀδελφοί ( adelfoi , “brothers”) at this juncture ( א A B K P 33 81 104 365 1175 2464 lat sy co), it is difficult to find a reason why scribes would either intentionally or unintentionally drop the address here. Thus, the shorter reading is slightly preferred.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A31/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45277,"verse_id":"1CO.15.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.32","text":"For location see JP1-D2 ; JP2-D2 ; JP3-D2 ; JP4-D2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A32/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45278,"verse_id":"1CO.15.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.37","text":"Grk “and what you sow, you do not sow the body that will be, but a bare seed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A37/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45279,"verse_id":"1CO.15.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.39","text":"Grk “all flesh is not the same flesh, but there is one (flesh) of people, but another flesh of animals and another flesh of birds and another of fish.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A39/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45280,"verse_id":"1CO.15.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.42","text":"Grk “it is sown in corruption, it is raised in incorruption.” The “it” refers to the body, as v. 44 shows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A42/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45281,"verse_id":"1CO.15.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.45","text":"Grk “living soul”; a quotation from Gen 2:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A45/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45282,"verse_id":"1CO.15.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.49","text":"א A C D F G Ψ 075 0243 33 1739 Ï latt bo). If the original reading is the future tense, then “we will bear” would be a guarantee that believers would be like Jesus (and unlike Adam) in the resurrection. If the aorist subjunctive is original, then “let us bear” would be a command to show forth the image of Jesus, i.e., to live as citizens of the kingdom that believers will one day inherit. The future indicative is not widespread geographically. At the same time, it fits the context well: Not only are there indicatives in this section (especially vv. 42-49 ), but the conjunction καί ( kai ) introducing the comparative καθώς ( kaqws ) seems best to connect to the preceding by furthering the same argument (what is, not what ought to be). For this reason, though, the future indicative could be a reading thus motivated by an early scribe. In light of the extremely weighty evidence for the aorist subjunctive, it is probably best to regard the aorist subjunctive as original. This connects well with v. 50 , for there Paul makes a pronouncement that seems to presuppose some sort of exhortation. G. D. Fee ( First Corinthians [NICNT], 795) argues for the originality of the subjunctive, stating that “it is nearly impossible to account for anyone’s having changed a clearly understandable future to the hortatory subjunctive so early and so often that it made its way into every textual history as the predominant reading.” The subjunctive makes a great deal of sense in view of the occasion of 1 Corinthians. Paul wrote to combat an over-realized eschatology in which some of the Corinthians evidently believed they were experiencing all the benefits of the resurrection body in the present, and thus that their behavior did not matter. If the subjunctive is the correct reading, it seems Paul makes two points: (1) that the resurrection is a bodily one, as distinct from an out-of-body experience, and (2) that one’s behavior in the interim does make a difference (see 15:32-34, 58 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A49/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45283,"verse_id":"1CO.15.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.50","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A50/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45284,"verse_id":"1CO.15.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.51","text":"Grk “Behold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A51/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45285,"verse_id":"1CO.15.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.51","text":"1881 Ï sy co. How shall we interpret such data? In light of the fact that Paul and his generation did in fact die, early scribes may have felt some embarrassment over the bald statement, “We will not all sleep” ( πάντες οὐ κοιμηθησόμεθα ). This could account for the first variant. Although the second variant could be viewed as a conflation of (1) and (4) (so TCGNT 502; G. D. Fee, First Corinthians [NICNT], 796), it could also have arisen consciously, to guard against the notion that all whom Paul was addressing should regard themselves as true believers. The third variant, prominent in the Western witnesses, may have arisen to counter those who would deny the final resurrection (so TCGNT 502). In any event, since the fourth reading has the best credentials externally and best explains the rise of the others it should be adopted as the authentic wording here. See the note on the word “asleep” in 15:6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A51/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45286,"verse_id":"1CO.15.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.52","text":"The Greek word ῥιπή ( rJiph ) refers to a very rapid movement (BDAG 906 s.v.). This has traditionally been translated as “twinkling,” which implies an exceedingly fast – almost instantaneous – movement of the eyes, but this could be confusing to the modern reader since twinkling in modern English often suggests a faint, flashing light. In conjunction with the genitive ὀφθαλμοῦ ( ofqalmou , “of an eye”), “blinking” is the best English equivalent (see, e.g., L&N 16.5), although it does not convey the exact speed implicit in the Greek term.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A52/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45287,"verse_id":"1CO.15.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":58,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.58","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A58/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
{"id":7810,"verse_id":"1CO.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"15.8","text":"One born at the wrong time. The Greek word used here ( ἔκτρωμα , ektrwma ) refers to a premature birth, a miscarriage, or an aborted child. Paul uses it as a powerful figure of the unexpected, abnormal nature of his apostolic call.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7811,"verse_id":"1CO.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"15.27","text":"A quotation from Ps 8:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A27/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7812,"verse_id":"1CO.15.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"15.29","text":"Many suggestions have been offered for the puzzling expression baptized for the dead . There are up to 200 different explanations for the passage; a summary is given by K. C. Thompson, “ I Corinthians 15,29 and Baptism for the Dead,” Studia Evangelica 2.1 (TU 87), 647-59. The most likely interpretation is that some Corinthians had undergone baptism to bear witness to the faith of fellow believers who had died without experiencing that rite themselves. Paul’s reference to the practice here is neither a recommendation nor a condemnation. He simply uses it as evidence from the lives of the Corinthians themselves to bolster his larger argument, begun in 15:12 , that resurrection from the dead is a present reality in Christ and a future reality for them. Whatever they may have proclaimed, the Corinthians’ actions demonstrated that they had hope for a bodily resurrection.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A29/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7813,"verse_id":"1CO.15.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"2","reference":"15.32","text":"An allusion to Isa 22:13; 56:12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A32/2"}
|
||||
{"id":7814,"verse_id":"1CO.15.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"15.33","text":"A quotation from the poet Menander, Thais 218, which Paul uses in a proverbial sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A33/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7815,"verse_id":"1CO.15.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"15.54","text":"A quotation from Isa 25:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A54/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7816,"verse_id":"1CO.15.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"15.55","text":"A quotation from Hos 13:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A55/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
{"id":45288,"verse_id":"1CO.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.1","text":"Grk “as I directed the churches of Galatia, so also you yourselves do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45289,"verse_id":"1CO.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.2","text":"Grk “set aside, storing whatever he has been blessed with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45290,"verse_id":"1CO.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.2","text":"Grk “set aside, storing.” The participle θησαυρίζων ( qhsaurizwn ) indicates the purpose or result of setting aside the extra income.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A2/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45291,"verse_id":"1CO.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.2","text":"“To the extent that God has blessed you” translates an awkward expression, “whatever has been prospered [to you].” This verb has been translated as an active with “God” as subject, taking it as a divine passive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A2/3"}
|
||||
{"id":45292,"verse_id":"1CO.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.2","text":"Grk “so that collections will not be taking place.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A2/4"}
|
||||
{"id":45293,"verse_id":"1CO.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.3","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45294,"verse_id":"1CO.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.8","text":"For location see JP1-D2 ; JP2-D2 ; JP3-D2 ; JP4-D2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45295,"verse_id":"1CO.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.9","text":"Grk “for a door has opened wide to me, great and effective.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45296,"verse_id":"1CO.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.11","text":"Since Paul appears to expect specific delegates here and they were most likely men, the Greek word ἀδελφοί ( adelfoi ) here has not been not translated as “brothers and sisters.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A11/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45297,"verse_id":"1CO.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.12","text":"Grk “with the brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45298,"verse_id":"1CO.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.12","text":"Grk “it was simply not the will that he come now.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A12/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45299,"verse_id":"1CO.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.15","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A15/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45300,"verse_id":"1CO.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.15","text":"Grk “firstfruits.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A15/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45301,"verse_id":"1CO.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.17","text":"Or “they have made up for your absence” (BDAG 70 s.v. ἀναπληρόω 3).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45302,"verse_id":"1CO.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.19","text":"Grk “the churches of Asia”; in the NT “Asia” always refers to the Roman province of Asia, made up of about one-third of the west and southwest end of modern Asia Minor. Asia lay to the west of the region of Phrygia and Galatia. The words “the province of” are supplied to indicate to the modern reader that this does not refer to the continent of Asia.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A19/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45303,"verse_id":"1CO.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"16.19","text":"The plural form of this verb, ἀσπάζονται ( aspazontai , “[they] greet”), is found in several good mss (B F G 075 0121 0243 33 1739 1881) as well as the Byzantine cursives. But the singular is read by an equally impressive group ( א C D K P Ψ 104 2464 pc ). This part of the verse is lacking in codex A. Deciding on the basis of external evidence is quite difficult. Internally, however, the singular appears to have given rise to the plural: (1) The rest of the greetings in this verse are in the plural; this one was probably made plural by some scribes for purposes of assimilation; and, more significantly, (2) since both Aquila and Prisca are mentioned as the ones who send the greeting, the plural is more natural. The singular is, of course, not impossible Greek; indeed, a singular verb with a compound subject is used with some frequency in the NT (cf. Matt 13:55 ; Mark 8:27; 14:1 ; John 2:2; 3:22; 4:36, 53 ; Acts 5:29; 16:31 ; 1 Tim 6:4 ). This is especially common when “Jesus and his disciples” is the subject. What is significant is that when such a construction is found the emphasis is placed on the first-named person (in this case, Aquila). Normally when these two are mentioned in the NT, Priscilla is mentioned first ( Acts 18:18, 26 ; Rom 16:3 ; 2 Tim 4:19 ). Only here and in Acts 18:2 (the first mention of them) is Aquila mentioned before Priscilla. Many suggest that Priscilla is listed first due to prominence. Though that is possible, both the mention of Aquila first here and the singular verb give him special prominence (cf. ExSyn 401-2). What such prominence means in each instance is difficult to assess. Nevertheless, here is a Pauline instance in which Aquila is given prominence. Too much can be made of the word order argument in either direction.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A19/3"}
|
||||
{"id":45304,"verse_id":"1CO.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.20","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A20/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45305,"verse_id":"1CO.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.22","text":"The Greek text has μαράνα θά ( marana qa ). These Aramaic words can also be read as maran aqa , translated “Our Lord has come!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A22/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45306,"verse_id":"1CO.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"16.24","text":"Although the majority of mss ( א A C D Ψ 075 Ï lat bo) conclude this letter with ἀμήν ( amhn , “amen”), such a conclusion is routinely added by scribes to NT books because a few of these books originally had such an ending (cf. Rom 16:27 ; Gal 6:18 ; Jude 25 ). A majority of Greek witnesses have the concluding ἀμήν in every NT book except Acts, James, and 3 John (and even in these books, ἀμήν is found in some witnesses). It is thus a predictable variant. Although far fewer witnesses lack the valedictory particle (B F 0121 0243 33 81 630 1739* 1881 sa), their collective testimony is difficult to explain if the omission is not authentic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A24/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
{"id":7817,"verse_id":"1CO.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"2","reference":"16.19","text":"On Aquila and Prisca see also Acts 18:2, 18, 26 ; Rom 16:3-4 ; 2 Tim 4:19 . In the NT “Priscilla” and “Prisca” are the same person. The author of Acts uses the full name Priscilla, while Paul uses the diminutive form Prisca .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A19/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
|
||||
{"id":45113,"verse_id":"1CO.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “and I, when I came.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, κἀγώ ( kagw ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%202%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45114,"verse_id":"1CO.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%202%3A1/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45115,"verse_id":"1CO.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"B D F G Ψ 33 1739 1881 Ï and some versions), though not quite as impressive. μαρτύριον may have been changed by scribes in anticipation of Paul’s words in 2:7 , or conversely, μυστήριον may have been changed to conform to 1:6 . Transcriptionally, since “the mystery of God/Christ” is a well-worn expression in the corpus Paulinum ( 1 Cor 2:7; 4:1 ; Eph 3:4 ; Col 2:2; 4:3 ), while “testimony of Christ” occurs in Paul only once ( 1 Cor 1:6 , though “testimony of the Lord” appears in 2 Tim 1:8 ), and “testimony of God” never, it is likely that scribes changed the text to the more usual expression. A decision is difficult in this instance, but a slight preference should be given to μαρτύριον .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%202%3A1/3"}
|
||||
{"id":45116,"verse_id":"1CO.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Grk “to know nothing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%202%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45117,"verse_id":"1CO.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"In extrabiblical literature this word was applied to an initiate of a mystery religion (BDAG 995 s.v. τέλειος 3, gives numerous examples and states this was a technical term of the mystery religions). It could here refer to those who believed Paul’s message, the mystery of God (v. 1 ), and so be translated as “those who believe God’s message.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%202%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45118,"verse_id":"1CO.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “entered the heart,” an OT expression, in which the heart functions like the mind.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%202%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45119,"verse_id":"1CO.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Or “combining spiritual things with spiritual words” (i.e., words the Spirit gives, as just described).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%202%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45120,"verse_id":"1CO.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “natural person.” Cf. BDAG 1100 s.v. ψυχικός a, “an unspiritual pers., one who merely functions bodily, without being touched by the Spirit of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%202%3A14/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45121,"verse_id":"1CO.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Or “evaluates.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%202%3A15/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45122,"verse_id":"1CO.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"Or “is evaluated” (i.e., “is subject to evaluation”); Grk “he himself is discerned,” that is, the person without the Spirit does not understand the person with the Spirit, particularly in relation to the life of faith.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%202%3A15/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
{"id":7774,"verse_id":"1CO.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"A quotation from Isa 64:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%202%3A9/2"}
|
||||
{"id":7775,"verse_id":"1CO.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"A quotation from Isa 40:13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%202%3A16/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
{"id":45123,"verse_id":"1CO.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45124,"verse_id":"1CO.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “fleshly [people]”; the Greek term here is σαρκινός (BDAG 914 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A1/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45125,"verse_id":"1CO.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Or “are still merely human”; Grk “fleshly.” Cf. BDAG 914 s.v. σαρκικός 2, “pert. to being human at a disappointing level of behavior or characteristics, (merely) human.” The same phrase occurs again later in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45126,"verse_id":"1CO.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"Grk “and walking in accordance with man,” i.e., living like (fallen) humanity without the Spirit’s influence; hence, “unregenerate people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A3/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45127,"verse_id":"1CO.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Grk “are you not men,” i.e., (fallen) humanity without the Spirit’s influence. Here Paul does not say “walking in accordance with” as in the previous verse; he actually states the Corinthians are this. However, this is almost certainly rhetorical hyperbole.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45128,"verse_id":"1CO.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Grk “and to each as the Lord gave.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A5/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45129,"verse_id":"1CO.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “is anything.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45130,"verse_id":"1CO.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Grk “are one.” The purpose of this phrase is to portray unified action on the part of ministers underneath God’s sovereign control. Although they are in fact individuals, they are used by God with a single purpose to accomplish his will in facilitating growth. This emphasis is brought out in the translation “work as one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45131,"verse_id":"1CO.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Although 1 Cor 3:9 is frequently understood to mean, “we are coworkers with God,” such a view assumes that the genitive θεοῦ ( qeou ) is associative because of its relationship to συνεργοί ( sunergoi ). However, not only is a genitive of association not required by the syntax (cf. ExSyn 130), but the context is decidedly against it: Paul and Apollos are insignificant compared to the God whom they serve (vv. 5-8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45132,"verse_id":"1CO.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Grk “each one’s.” Here “builder’s” is employed in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45133,"verse_id":"1CO.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"In an attempt to clarify the referent, some translations add “of Christ” after “Day” (so TEV); others specify this as “judgment day” (NLT) or “the day of judgment” (CEV). sn The Day refers to the Day of the Lord Jesus Christ (cf. 1:8; 5:5 ) when each Christian worker will appear before Christ for evaluation of his ministry. Paul’s constant motivation was to be pleasing to the Lord in that day ( 2 Cor 5:9-10 ) and receive his commendation ( 1 Cor 4:5 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A13/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45134,"verse_id":"1CO.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"The translation “[will] be punished ” is given here by BDAG 428 s.v. ζημιόω 2. But the next clause says “he will be delivered” and so “suffering loss” is more likely to refer to the destruction of the “work” by fire or the loss of the reward that could have been gained.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A15/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45135,"verse_id":"1CO.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"Grk “let no one deceive himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A18/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45136,"verse_id":"1CO.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"Grk “so then, let no one boast in men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A21/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
{"id":7776,"verse_id":"1CO.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Milk refers figuratively to basic or elementary Christian teaching. Paul’s point was that the Corinthian believers he was writing to here were not mature enough to receive more advanced teaching. This was not a problem at the time, when they were recent converts, but the problem now is that they are still not ready .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7777,"verse_id":"1CO.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"The expression I planted is generally taken to mean that Paul founded the church at Corinth. Later Apollos had a significant ministry there ( watered ). See also v. 10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7778,"verse_id":"1CO.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"The various materials described here, both valuable ( gold, silver, precious stones ) and worthless ( wood, hay, or straw ) refer to the quality of work built on the foundation , or possibly to the motivation of those doing the building. The materials themselves have been understood (1) as deeds or (2) as people (since ultimately the passage is addressing those who minister to others).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7779,"verse_id":"1CO.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"3","reference":"3.13","text":"includes the word in brackets, indicating doubt as to its authenticity. It is unclear whether the phrase it will be revealed by fire describes the Day (subject of the previous clause) or each one’s work (subject of the clause before that).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A13/3"}
|
||||
{"id":7780,"verse_id":"1CO.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"You are God’s temple refers here to the church, since the pronoun you is plural in the Greek text. (In 6:19 the same imagery is used in a different context to refer to the individual believer.)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A16/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7781,"verse_id":"1CO.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"A quotation from Job 5:13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A19/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7782,"verse_id":"1CO.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"3.20","text":"A quotation from Ps 94:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A20/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
{"id":45137,"verse_id":"1CO.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Here ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is both indefinite and general, “one”; “a person” (BDAG 81 s.v. 4 .a. γ ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%204%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45138,"verse_id":"1CO.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Grk “time, until the Lord comes, who will bring to light.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%204%3A5/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45139,"verse_id":"1CO.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"Or “praise.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%204%3A5/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45140,"verse_id":"1CO.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%204%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45141,"verse_id":"1CO.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"includes ᾿Ιησοῦ in brackets, indicating doubt as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%204%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45142,"verse_id":"1CO.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Grk “puffed up”; “inflated.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%204%3A18/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45143,"verse_id":"1CO.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"Grk “rod.” Context indicates that this rod will be used for disciplinary purposes. sn Paul is using the term rod in this context to refer to his apostolic authority to discipline those who have become arrogant in the Corinthian church and have attempted to undermine his ministry (cf. 4:18-19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%204%3A21/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
|
||||
{"id":45144,"verse_id":"1CO.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Or “someone has married”; Grk “someone has,” but the verb ἔχω ( ecw ) is routinely used of marital relationships (cf. BDAG 420 s.v. 2 .a), including sexual relationships. The exact nature of the relationship is uncertain in this case; it is not clear, for example, whether the man had actually married the woman or was merely cohabiting with her.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45145,"verse_id":"1CO.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Or “are puffed up/arrogant,” the same verb occurring in 4:6, 18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45146,"verse_id":"1CO.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.2","text":"Grk “sorrowful, so that the one who did this might be removed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A2/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45147,"verse_id":"1CO.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"Grk “in body.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45148,"verse_id":"1CO.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"Verse 3 is one sentence in Greek (“For – even though I am absent in body, yet present in spirit – I have already judged the one who did this, as though I were present”) that has been broken up due to English stylistic considerations.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A3/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45149,"verse_id":"1CO.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"F G 33 1881 Ï co and before ᾿Ιησοῦ in 81. The wording τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ is read by B D* 1175 1739 pc. Concerning Χριστοῦ , even though the external evidence for this is quite good, it may well be a motivated reading. Elsewhere in Paul the expression “our Lord Jesus” is routinely followed by “Christ” (e.g., Rom 5:1, 11; 15:6, 30 ; 1 Cor 1:2, 7, 10; 15:57 ; 2 Cor 8:9 ; Gal 6:14, 18 , Eph 1:3, 17; 5:20; 6:24 ; Col 1:3 ; 1 Thess 1:3; 5:9, 23, 28 ). Less commonly, the wording is simply “our Lord Jesus” (e.g., Rom 16:20 ; 2 Cor 1:14 ; 1 Thess 2:19; 3:11, 13 ; 2 Thess 1:8, 12 ). A preference should thus be given to the shorter reading. As for the ἡμῶν , it is very difficult to decide: “the Lord Jesus” occurs as often as “our Lord Jesus” (cf. 1 Cor 11:23; 16:23 ; 2 Cor 4:14; 11:31 ; Eph 1:15 ; 1 Thess 4:2 ; 2 Thess 1:7 ; Phlm 5 ). Although scribes would tend to expand on the text, the only witnesses that have “the Lord Jesus” (without “our” or “Christ”) are A Ψ 1505 pc . On balance, then, “our Lord Jesus” is the best reading in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45150,"verse_id":"1CO.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.4","text":"Verses 4 b-5a are capable of various punctuations: (1) “and I am with you in spirit, through the power of our Lord Jesus turn this man over to Satan”; (2) “and I am with you in spirit with the power of our Lord Jesus, turn this man over to Satan”; (3) “and I am with you in spirit, along with the power of our Lord Jesus, turn this man over to Satan” (as adopted in the text). The first option suggests the Lord’s power is needed when the church is to hand the man over to Satan; the second option suggests that the Lord’s power is present when Paul is gathered with the Corinthians in spirit; the third option leaves the relation of the Lord’s power to the surrounding phrases vague, perhaps implying that both are in view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A4/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45151,"verse_id":"1CO.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Or perhaps “turn this man over to Satan for the destruction of your fleshly works, so that your spirit may be saved…”; Grk “for the destruction of the flesh, so that the spirit may be saved.” This is one of the most difficult passages in the NT, and there are many different interpretations regarding what is in view here. (1) Many interpreters see this as some sort of excommunication (“turn this man over to Satan”) which in turn leads to the man’s physical death (“the destruction of the flesh”), resulting in the man’s ultimate salvation (“that [his] spirit may be saved…”). (2) Others see the phrase “destruction of the flesh” as referring to extreme physical suffering or illness that stops short of physical death, thus leading the offender to repentance and salvation. (3) A number of scholars (e.g. G. D. Fee, First Corinthians [NICNT], 212-13) take the reference to the “flesh” to refer to the offender’s “sinful nature” or “carnal nature,” which is “destroyed” by placing him outside the church, back in Satan’s domain (exactly how this “destruction” is accomplished is not clear, and is one of the problems with this view). (4) More recently some have argued that neither the “flesh” nor the “spirit” belong to the offender, but to the church collectively; thus it is the “fleshly works” of the congregation which are being destroyed by the removal of the offender (cf. 5:13 ) so that the “spirit,” the corporate life of the church lived in union with God through the Holy Spirit, may be preserved (cf. 5:7-8 ). See, e.g., B. Campbell, “Flesh and Spirit in 1 Cor 5:5 : An Exercise in Rhetorical Criticism of the NT,” JETS 36 (1993): 331-42. The alternate translation “for the destruction of your fleshly works, so that your spirit may be saved” reflects this latter view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A5/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45152,"verse_id":"1CO.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.5","text":"א Ψ Ï ; κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ ( kuriou Ihsou Cristou , “Lord Jesus Christ”) by D pc ; and κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ ( kuriou Jhmwn Ihsou Cristou , “our Lord Jesus Christ”) by A F G P 33 al . The shorter reading is preferred as the reading that best explains the other readings, especially in view of the mention of “Jesus” twice in the previous verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A5/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45153,"verse_id":"1CO.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"Grk “a little yeast leavens.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A6/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45154,"verse_id":"1CO.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Grk “with the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45155,"verse_id":"1CO.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Grk “a brother,” but the Greek word “brother” may be used for “brother or sister,” “fellow Christian,” or “fellow member of the church.” Here the term “brother” broadly connotes familial relationships within the family of God (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 2.a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A11/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45156,"verse_id":"1CO.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"Or “a reviler”; BDAG 602 s.v. λοίδορος defines the term as “ reviler, abusive person .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A11/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
{"id":7783,"verse_id":"1CO.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"In this passage ( 5:6-8 ) yeast represents the presence of evil within the church, specifically the immoral person described in 5:1-5 and mentioned again in 5:13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7784,"verse_id":"1CO.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"An allusion to Deut 17:7; 19:19; 22:21, 24; 24:7 ; cf. 1 Cor 5:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A13/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||
{"id":45157,"verse_id":"1CO.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"Or “if you have ordinary lawsuits, appoint as judges those who have no standing in the church!” This alternative reading (cf. KJV, NIV) takes the Greek verb καθίζετε ( kaqizete ) as an ironic imperative instead of a question. This verb comes, however, at the end of the sentence. It is not impossible that Paul meant for it to be understood this way, but its placement in the sentence does not make this probable.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45158,"verse_id":"1CO.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Grk “to decide between his brother (and his opponent),” but see the note on the word “Christian” in 5:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A5/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45159,"verse_id":"1CO.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Grk “does a brother sue a brother,” but see the note on the word “Christian” in 5:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45160,"verse_id":"1CO.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"Grk “brothers.” The Greek term “brother” literally refers to family relationships, but here it is used in a broader sense to connote familial relationships within the family of God (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 2.a). See also the note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45161,"verse_id":"1CO.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"This term is sometimes rendered “effeminate,” although in contemporary English usage such a translation could be taken to refer to demeanor rather than behavior. BDAG 613 s.v. μαλακός 2 has “pert. to being passive in a same-sex relationship, effeminate esp. of catamites , of men and boys who are sodomized by other males in such a relationship.” L&N 88.281 states, “the passive male partner in homosexual intercourse – ‘homosexual.’ …As in Greek, a number of other languages also have entirely distinct terms for the active and passive roles in homosexual intercourse.” See also the discussion in G. D. Fee, First Corinthians (NICNT), 243-44. A number of modern translations have adopted the phrase “male prostitutes” for μαλακοί in 1 Cor 6:9 (NIV, NRSV, NLT) but this could be misunderstood by the modern reader to mean “males who sell their services to women,” while the term in question appears, at least in context, to relate to homosexual activity between males. Furthermore, it is far from certain that prostitution as commonly understood (the selling of sexual favors) is specified here, as opposed to a consensual relationship. Thus the translation “passive homosexual partners” has been used here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45162,"verse_id":"1CO.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.9","text":"On this term BDAG 135 s.v. ἀρσενοκοίτης states, “a male who engages in sexual activity w. a pers. of his own sex, pederast 1 Cor 6:9 …of one who assumes the dominant role in same-sex activity, opp. μαλακός … 1 Ti 1:10 ; Pol 5:3. Cp. Ro 1:27 .” L&N 88.280 states, “a male partner in homosexual intercourse – ‘homosexual.’…It is possible that ἀρσενοκοίτης in certain contexts refers to the active male partner in homosexual intercourse in contrast with μαλακός , the passive male partner.” Since there is a distinction in contemporary usage between sexual orientation and actual behavior, the qualification “practicing” was supplied in the translation, following the emphasis in BDAG.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A9/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45163,"verse_id":"1CO.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"Or “revilers”; BDAG 602 s.v. λοίδορος defines the term as “ reviler, abusive person .” Because the term “abusive” without further qualification has become associated in contemporary English with both physical and sexual abuse, the qualifier “verbally” has been supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45164,"verse_id":"1CO.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"Grk “and some [of you] were these.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A11/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45165,"verse_id":"1CO.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.11","text":"Ψ Ï sa). Although the wording of the original could certainly have been expanded, it is also possible that Χριστοῦ as a nomen sacrum could have accidentally dropped out. Although the latter is not as likely under normal circumstances, in light of the early and widespread witnesses for the fuller expression, the original wording seems to have been ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A11/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45166,"verse_id":"1CO.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"Grk “both this [stomach] and these [foods].” sn There is debate as to the extent of the Corinthian slogan which Paul quotes here. Some argue that the slogan is only the first sentence – “Food is for the stomach and the stomach is for food” – with the second statement forming Paul’s rejoinder, while others argue that the slogan contains both sentences (as in the translation above). The argument which favors the latter is the tight conceptual and grammatical parallelism which occurs if Paul’s response begins with “The body is not for sexual immorality” and then continues through the end of v. 14 . For discussion and diagrams of this structure, see G. D. Fee, First Corinthians (NICNT), 253-57.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45167,"verse_id":"1CO.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"Or “is in relationship with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A16/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45168,"verse_id":"1CO.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.16","text":"Grk “is one body,” implying the association “with her.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A16/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45169,"verse_id":"1CO.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"Grk “in relationship with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45170,"verse_id":"1CO.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.17","text":"Grk “is one spirit,” implying the association “with him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A17/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45171,"verse_id":"1CO.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.19","text":"Grk “the ‘in you’ Holy Spirit.” The position of the prepositional phrase ἐν ὑμῖν ( en Jumin , “in you”) between the article and the adjective effectively places the prepositional phrase in first attributive position. Such constructions are generally translated into English as relative clauses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A19/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
|
||||
{"id":7785,"verse_id":"1CO.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"All things are lawful for me. In the expressions in vv. 12-13 within quotation marks, Paul cites certain slogans the Corinthians apparently used to justify their behavior. Paul agrees with the slogans in part, but corrects them to show how the Corinthians have misused these ideas.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7786,"verse_id":"1CO.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"3","reference":"6.16","text":"A quotation from Gen 2:24 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A16/3"}
|
||||
{"id":7787,"verse_id":"1CO.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"It is debated whether this is a Corinthian slogan. If it is not, then Paul is essentially arguing that there are two types of sin, nonsexual sins which take place outside the body and sexual sins which are against a person’s very own body. If it is a Corinthian slogan, then it is a slogan used by the Corinthians to justify their immoral behavior. With it they are claiming that anything done in the body or through the body had no moral relevance. A decision here is very difficult, but the latter is to be preferred for two main reasons. (1) This is the most natural understanding of the statement as it is written. To construe it as a statement by Paul requires a substantial clarification in the sense (e.g., “All other sins…” [NIV]). (2) Theologically the former is more difficult: Why would Paul single out sexual sins as more intrinsically related to the body than other sins, such as gluttony or drunkenness? For these reasons, it is more likely that the phrase in quotation marks is indeed a Corinthian slogan which Paul turns against them in the course of his argument, although the decision must be regarded as tentative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A18/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
|
||||
{"id":45172,"verse_id":"1CO.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.1","text":"Grk “It is good for a man not to touch a woman,” a euphemism for sexual relations. This idiom occurs ten times in Greek literature, and all of the references except one appear to refer to sexual relations (cf., e.g., Josephus, Ant . 1.8.1 [1.163]; Gen 20:6 [LXX]; Prov 6:29 [LXX]). For discussion see G. D. Fee, First Corinthians (NICNT), 275. Many recent interpreters believe that here again (as in 6:12-13 ) Paul cites a slogan the Corinthians apparently used to justify their actions. If this is so, Paul agrees with the slogan in part, but corrects it in the following verses to show how the Corinthians misused the idea to justify abstinence within marriage (cf. 8:1, 4; 10:23 ). See also G. D. Fee, “ 1 Corinthians 7:1 in the NIV,” JETS 23 (1980): 307-14.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45173,"verse_id":"1CO.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Grk “each man should have his own wife.” “Have” in this context means “have marital relations with” (see the following verse). The verb ἐχέτω ( ecetw , “have”) occurs twice in the Greek text, but has not been repeated in the translation for stylistic reasons. This verb occurs 8 times in the LXX ( Exod 2:1 ; Deut 28:30 ; 2 Chr 11:21 ; 1 Esd 9:12, 18; Tob 3:8; Isa 13:16; 54:1 ) with the meaning “have sexual relations with,” and 9 times elsewhere in the NT with the same meaning ( Matt 20:23; 22:28 ; Mark 6:18; 12:33 ; Luke 20:28 ; John 4:18 [twice]; 1 Cor 5:1; 7:29 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45174,"verse_id":"1CO.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"Grk “should have.” For explanation of the translation, see the note on “have relations with” earlier in this verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A2/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45175,"verse_id":"1CO.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"Grk “fulfill the obligation” or “pay the debt,” referring to the fulfillment of sexual needs within marriage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45176,"verse_id":"1CO.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"א * A B C D F G P Ψ 33 1739 1881 2464 al latt co argues decisively against its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A5/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45177,"verse_id":"1CO.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.5","text":"Grk “and be together again.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A5/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45178,"verse_id":"1CO.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"Grk “than to burn,” a figure of speech referring to unfulfilled sexual passion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45179,"verse_id":"1CO.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"א * A B C D* F G P Ψ 33 1739 al co) are decisively in favor of ἀδελφῷ ( adelfw , “brother”), a word that because of the close association with “wife” here may have seemed inappropriate to many scribes. It is also for reasons of English style that “her husband” is used in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A14/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45180,"verse_id":"1CO.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"Grk “will save your husband?” The meaning is obviously that the wife would be the human agent in leading her husband to salvation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A16/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45181,"verse_id":"1CO.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.16","text":"Grk “will save your wife?” The meaning is obviously that the husband would be the human agent in leading his wife to salvation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A16/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45182,"verse_id":"1CO.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Or “only”; Grk “if not.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45183,"verse_id":"1CO.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"Grk “Let him not pull over the foreskin,” that is, attempt to reverse the appearance of circumcision by a surgical procedure. This was sometimes done by Hellenistic Jews to hide the embarrassment of circumcision (1 Macc 1:15; Josephus, Ant. 12.5.1 [12.241]). Cf. BDAG 380 s.v. ἐπισπάω 3.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A18/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45184,"verse_id":"1CO.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.20","text":"Grk “in the calling.” “Calling” in Paul is God’s work of drawing people to faith in Christ. As in 1:26 , calling here stands by metonymy for a person’s circumstances when he becomes a Christian.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A20/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45185,"verse_id":"1CO.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.21","text":"Traditionally, “servant” (KJV), though almost all modern translations render the word as “slave” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A21/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45186,"verse_id":"1CO.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.24","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A24/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45187,"verse_id":"1CO.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.25","text":"Grk “virgins.” There are three main views as to which group of people is referred to by the word παρθένος ( parqenos ) here, and the stance taken here directly impacts one’s understanding of vv. 36-38 . (1) The term could refer to virgin women who were not married. The central issue would then be whether or not their fathers should give them in marriage to eligible men. (This is the view which has been widely held throughout the history of the Church.) (2) A minority understand the term to refer to men and women who are married but who have chosen to live together without sexual relations. This position might have been possible in the Corinthian church, but there is no solid evidence to support it. (3) The view adopted by many modern commentators (see, e.g., Fee, Conzelmann, Barrett) is that the term refers to young, engaged women who were under the influence of various groups within the Corinthian church not to go through with their marriages. The central issue would then be whether the young men and women should continue with their plans and finalize their marriages. For further discussion, see G. D. Fee, First Corinthians (NICNT), 325-28.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A25/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45188,"verse_id":"1CO.7.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.27","text":"Grk “should not seek a wife.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A27/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45189,"verse_id":"1CO.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.28","text":"Grk “these will have tribulation in the flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A28/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45190,"verse_id":"1CO.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.28","text":"Grk “I am trying to spare you.” Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context. “Such problems” has been supplied here to make the sense of the statement clear.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A28/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45191,"verse_id":"1CO.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.29","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A29/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45192,"verse_id":"1CO.7.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.34","text":"א A 33 1739 1881 pc ). (3) The reading ἡ γυνὴ καὶ ἡ παρθένος ἡ ἄγαμος (“the woman and the unmarried virgin”) is found in Western mss (D F G) and the majority of Byzantine cursives. Based upon external evidence, the first and second readings are the strongest; the readings both reach deep into the second century with strong testimony from mss of the Alexandrian texttype. Internal evidence seems equally balanced: Scribes may have wanted to add ἡ ἄγαμος to παρθένος for stylistic reasons, but they might also have wanted to remove it because it sounded redundant. Because Paul’s meaning is not quite clear, a decision on the proper textual reading is difficult. On the whole scribes tended to add to the text, not take from it. Thus the first reading should be favored as original, but this decision should be regarded as less than certain. Grk “The unmarried woman and the virgin.” The identity of the “virgin” here is a matter of interpretation (see note on “people who have never married” in v. 25 for discussion), which has in fact contributed to textual variation at this point in the text (see the text critical note above). As far as the translation is concerned, one must determine if one group of women or two are in view. It is possible that Paul means to refer to only one class of women here, namely unmarried virgins, but the use of the adjective ἡ ἄγαμος ( Jh agamo\" , “unmarried”) with “woman” and not “virgin” precludes that interpretation; in addition, the use of the article with both “woman” and “virgin” implies that two distinct groups are in view. If two groups are in view, English would more naturally use the conjunction “or” to indicate the distinction. Thus the translation “An unmarried woman or a virgin” has been used to make clear that two groups are in view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A34/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45193,"verse_id":"1CO.7.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.36","text":"Grk “virgin,” either a fiancée, a daughter, or the ward of a guardian. For discussion see the note at the end of v. 38 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A36/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45194,"verse_id":"1CO.7.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.36","text":"Or referring to an engaged man: “if he is past the critical point,” “if his passions are too strong.” The word literally means “to be past the high point.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A36/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45195,"verse_id":"1CO.7.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.38","text":"Or “who gives his own virgin in marriage.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A38/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45196,"verse_id":"1CO.7.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.39","text":"The verb κοιμάω ( koimaw ) literally means “sleep,” but it is often used in the Bible as a euphemism for the death of a believer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A39/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
{"id":7788,"verse_id":"1CO.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"Not I, but the Lord. Here and in v. 12 Paul distinguishes between his own apostolic instruction and Jesus’ teaching during his earthly ministry. In vv. 10-11 , Paul reports the Lord’s own teaching about divorce (cf. Mark 10:5-12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7789,"verse_id":"1CO.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"I, not the Lord. Here and in v. 10 Paul distinguishes between his own apostolic instruction and Jesus’ teaching during his earthly ministry. In vv. 12-16 , Paul deals with a situation about which the Lord gave no instruction in his earthly ministry.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7790,"verse_id":"1CO.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"Interpreters differ over the implication of the statement the brother or sister is not bound . One view is that the believer is “not bound to continue the marriage,” i.e., not so slavishly tied to the instruction about not divorcing (cf. vv. 10-11 ) that he or she refuses to face reality when the unbelieving spouse is unwilling to continue the relationship. In this view divorce is allowable under these circumstances, but not remarriage (v. 11 still applies: remain unmarried or be reconciled). The other view is that the believer is “not bound in regard to marriage,” i.e., free to remain single or to remarry. The argument for this view is the conceptual parallel with vv. 39-40 , where a wife is said to be “bound” (a different word in Greek, but the same concept) as long as her husband lives. But if the husband dies, she is “free” to marry as she wishes, only in the Lord. If the parallel holds, then not bound in v. 15 also means “free to marry another.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A15/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7791,"verse_id":"1CO.7.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"7.34","text":"In context the unmarried woman would probably refer specifically to a widow, who was no longer married, as opposed to the virgin , who had never been married.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A34/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7792,"verse_id":"1CO.7.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"2","reference":"7.38","text":"1 Cor 7:36-38 . There are two common approaches to understanding the situation addressed in these verses. One view involves a father or male guardian deciding whether to give his daughter or female ward in marriage (cf. NASB, NIV margin). The evidence for this view is: (1) the phrase in v. 37 ( Grk ) “to keep his own virgin” fits this view well (“keep his own virgin [in his household]” rather than give her in marriage), but it does not fit the second view (there is little warrant for adding “her” in the way the second view translates it: “to keep her as a virgin”). (2) The verb used twice in v. 38 ( γαμίζω , gamizw ) normally means “to give in marriage” not “to get married.” The latter is usually expressed by γαμέω ( gamew ), as in v. 36 b. (3) The father deciding what is best regarding his daughter’s marriage reflects the more likely cultural situation in ancient Corinth, though it does not fit modern Western customs. While Paul gives his advice in such a situation, he does not command that marriages be arranged in this way universally. If this view is taken, the translation will read as follows: “ 7:36 If anyone thinks he is acting inappropriately toward his unmarried daughter, if she is past the bloom of youth and it seems necessary, he should do what he wishes; he does not sin. Let them marry. 7:37 But the man who is firm in his commitment, and is under no necessity but has control over his will, and has decided in his own mind to keep his daughter unmarried, does well. 7:38 So then the one who gives his daughter in marriage does well, but the one who does not give her does better.” The other view is taken by NRSV, NIV text, NJB, REB: a single man deciding whether to marry the woman to whom he is engaged. The evidence for this view is: (1) it seems odd to use the word “virgin” (vv. 36, 37, 38 ) if “daughter” or “ward” is intended. (2) The other view requires some difficult shifting of subjects in v. 36 , whereas this view manages a more consistent subject for the various verbs used. (3) The phrases in these verses are used consistently elsewhere in this chapter to describe considerations appropriate to the engaged couple themselves (cf. vv. 9, 28, 39 ). It seems odd not to change the phrasing in speaking about a father or guardian. If this second view is taken, the translation will read as follows: “ 7:36 If anyone thinks he is acting inappropriately toward his fiancée, if his passions are too strong and it seems necessary, he should do what he wishes; he does not sin. Let them marry. 7:37 But the man who is firm in his commitment, and is under no necessity but has control over his will, and has decided in his own mind to keep her as his fiancée, does well. 7:38 So then, the one who marries his fiancée does well, but the one who does not marry her does better.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A38/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
||||
{"id":45197,"verse_id":"1CO.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"Grk “this one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%208%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45198,"verse_id":"1CO.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.3","text":"Grk “him”; in the translation the most likely referent (God) has been specified for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%208%3A3/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45199,"verse_id":"1CO.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Grk “through whom [are] all things and we [are] through him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%208%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45200,"verse_id":"1CO.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Or “built up”; This is the same word used in v. 1 b. It is used ironically here: The weak person is “built up” to commit what he regards as sin.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%208%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45201,"verse_id":"1CO.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.11","text":"Grk “the one who is weak…the brother for whom Christ died,” but see note on the word “Christian” in 5:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%208%3A11/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45202,"verse_id":"1CO.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.11","text":"This may be an indirect middle, “destroys himself.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%208%3A11/2"}
|
||||
{"id":45203,"verse_id":"1CO.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%208%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45204,"verse_id":"1CO.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"Grk “my brother.” Both “my brother or sister” earlier in the verse and “one of them” here translate the same Greek phrase. Since the same expression occurs in the previous line, a pronoun phrase is substituted here to suit English style, which is less tolerant of such repetition.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%208%3A13/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
{"id":7793,"verse_id":"1CO.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"“ We all have knowledge. ” Here and in v. 4 Paul cites certain slogans the Corinthians apparently used to justify their behavior (cf. 6:12-13; 7:1; 10:23 ). Paul agrees with the slogans in part, but corrects them to show how the Corinthians have misused these ideas.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%208%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7794,"verse_id":"1CO.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"“ An idol in this world is nothing ” and “ There is no God but one. ” Here and in v. 1 Paul cites certain slogans the Corinthians apparently used to justify their behavior (cf. 6:12-13; 7:1; 10:23 ). Paul agrees with the slogans in part, but corrects them to show how the Corinthians have misused these ideas.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%208%3A4/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
{"id":45205,"verse_id":"1CO.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Grk “the seal.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%209%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45206,"verse_id":"1CO.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Grk “the right to eat and drink.” In the context this is a figurative reference to financial support.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%209%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45207,"verse_id":"1CO.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"Or “only according to human authority”; Grk “saying these things according to men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%209%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45208,"verse_id":"1CO.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"Grk “working the sacred things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%209%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45209,"verse_id":"1CO.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Grk “so that it will happen in this way in my case.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%209%3A15/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45210,"verse_id":"1CO.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"Or “more converts.” The word “people” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. It has been supplied in the translation to clarify the meaning.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%209%3A19/1"}
|
||||
{"id":45211,"verse_id":"1CO.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"[L] Ψ 1881 Ï ) lack this parenthetical material, while geographically widespread, early, and diverse witnesses have the words (so א A B C D* F G P 33 104 365 1175 1505 1739 al latt). The phrase may have dropped out accidentally through homoioteleuton (note that both the preceding phrase and the parenthesis end in ὑπὸ νόμον [ Jupo nomon , “under the law”]), or intentionally by overscrupulous scribes who felt that the statement “I myself am not under the law” could have led to license.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%209%3A20/1"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
{"id":7795,"verse_id":"1CO.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"A quotation from Deut 25:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%209%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":7796,"verse_id":"1CO.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"2","reference":"9.15","text":"Ψ Ï lat), have a significantly smoother reading than this: ἢ τὸ καύχημά μου ἵνα τις κενώσῃ (or κενώσει ); h to kauchma mou {ina ti\" kenwsh (or kenwsei ), “than that anyone should deprive me of my boasting.” The simple replacement of οὐδείς with ἵνα essentially accomplishes the smoothing out of the text, and as such the ἵνα reading is suspect. Not only is the harder reading in keeping with Pauline style, but it is also found in the earlier and better witnesses. Paul breaks off his thought at mid-sentence (indicated by the dash in the translation) and it is somewhat difficult to determine his reason for boasting . Most likely Paul would rather die than be deprived of the boast that he had offered the gospel free of charge even though as an apostle he had the right to such support ( 9:14 ). Did he say this as a way of criticizing his opponents? Perhaps only indirectly. His focus has more to do with not hindering the gospel than what his opponents were doing ( 9:12 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%209%3A15/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
|
||||
{"id":47882,"verse_id":"1JN.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"The phrase “This is what we proclaim to you” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to clarify the English. The main verb which governs all of these relative clauses is ἀπαγγέλλομεν ( apangellomen ) in v. 3 . This is important for the proper understanding of the relative clauses in v. 1 , because the main verb ἀπαγγέλλομεν in v. 3 makes it clear that all of the relative clauses in vv. 1 and 3 are the objects of the author’s proclamation to the readers rather than the subjects . To indicate this the phrase “This is what we proclaim to you” has been supplied at the beginning of v. 1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47883,"verse_id":"1JN.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “That which was from the beginning, that which we have heard…”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A1/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47884,"verse_id":"1JN.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Or “proclaim.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47885,"verse_id":"1JN.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"In the Greek text the prologue to 1 John (vv. 1-4 ) makes up a single sentence. This is awkward in Greek, and a literal translation produces almost impossible English. For this reason the present translation places a period at the end of v. 2 and another at the end of v. 3 . The material in parentheses in v. 1 begins the first of three parenthetical interruptions in the grammatical sequence of the prologue (the second is the entirety of v. 2 and the third is the latter part of v. 3 ). This is because of the awkwardness of connecting the prepositional phrase with what precedes, an awkwardness not immediately obvious in most English translations: “what we beheld and our hands handled concerning the word of life…” As J. Bonsirven ( Épîtres de Saint Jean [CNT], 67) noted, while one may hear about the word of life, it is more difficult to see about the word of life, and impossible to feel with one’s hands about the word of life. Rather than being the object of any of the verbs in v. 1 , the prepositional phrase at the end of v. 1 (“concerning the word of life…”) is more likely a parenthetical clarification intended to specify the subject of the eyewitness testimony which the verbs in v. 1 describe. A parallel for such parenthetical explanation may be found in John 1:12 ( τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ , toi\" pisteuousin ei\" to onoma autou ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A2/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47886,"verse_id":"1JN.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Or “proclaim.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47887,"verse_id":"1JN.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"The ἵνα ( Jina ) here indicates purpose.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A3/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47888,"verse_id":"1JN.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"Or “communion”; or “association” (a reality shared in common, so in this case, “genuine association”). This term also occurs in vv. 6, 7 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A3/3"}
|
||||
{"id":47889,"verse_id":"1JN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"“Thus” is supplied to indicated the resultative nature of the Greek conjunction καί ( kai ) at the beginning of v. 4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47890,"verse_id":"1JN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"The ἵνα ( Jina ) here indicates purpose.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A4/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47891,"verse_id":"1JN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"sa). Although the majority of Byzantine minuscules are split between the two readings, the Textus Receptus reads ὑμῶν . It is possible that ὑμῶν represents a scribal assimilation to John 16:24 . As far as the immediate context is concerned, either reading could possibly be original, since the recipients have already been mentioned in 1:2 ( ὑμῖν , Jumin ) and 1:3 ( ὑμῖν ), while it might seem more natural for the author to be concerned about the fulfillment of his own joy than his readers’ (cf. 2 John 4, 12 ; 3 John 3 ). Overall, the first person pronoun is preferred on both external and internal grounds.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A4/3"}
|
||||
{"id":47892,"verse_id":"1JN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “be fulfilled.” sn This is what we proclaim to you…so that our joy may be complete. The prologue to 1 John ( 1:1-4 ) has many similarities to the prologue to the Gospel of John (1:1-18). Like the prologue to the Fourth Gospel, the prologue to 1 John introduces the reader to important themes which will be more fully developed later in the body of the work. In the case of 1 John, three of these are: (1) the importance of eyewitness testimony to who Jesus is (cf. 4:14, 5:6-12 ), (2) the importance of the earthly ministry of Jesus as a part of God’s revelation of himself in Jesus Christ (cf. 4:2, 5:6 ), and (3) the eternal life available to believers in Jesus Christ ( 5:11-12, 5:20 ). Like the rest of the letter, the prologue to 1 John does not contain any of the usual features associated with a letter in NT times, such as an opening formula, the name of the author or sender, the name(s) of the addressee(s), a formal greeting, or a health wish or expression of remembrance. The author of 1 John begins the prologue with an emphasis on the eyewitness nature of his testimony. He then transitions to a focus on the readers of the letter by emphasizing the proclamation of this eyewitness (apostolic) testimony to them. The purpose of this proclamation is so that the readers might share in fellowship with the author, a true fellowship which is with the Father and the Son as well. To guarantee this maintenance of fellowship the author is writing the letter itself (line 4a). Thus, in spite of the convoluted structure of the prologue in which the author’s thought turns back on itself several times, there is a discernible progression in his thought which ultimately expresses itself in the reason for the writing of the letter (later expressed again in slightly different form in the purpose statement of 5:13 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A4/4"}
|
||||
{"id":47893,"verse_id":"1JN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"The καί ( kai ) at the beginning of 1:5 takes on a resumptive force, indicated by the phrase “heard from him and announce to you,” which echoes similar phrases in 1:2 and 1:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A5/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47894,"verse_id":"1JN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"The word “gospel” is not in the Greek text but is supplied to clarify the meaning. See the note on the following word “message.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A5/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47895,"verse_id":"1JN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"The word ἀγγελία ( angelia ) occurs only twice in the NT, here and in 1 John 3:11 . It is a cognate of ἐπαγγελία ( epangelia ) which occurs much more frequently (some 52 times in the NT) including 1 John 2:25 . BDAG 8 s.v. ἀγγελία 1 offers the meaning “message” which suggests some overlap with the semantic range of λόγος ( logos ), although in the specific context of 1:5 BDAG suggests a reference to the gospel. (The precise “content” of this “good news’ is given by the ὅτι [ Joti ] clause which follows in 1:5 b.) The word ἀγγελία here is closely equivalent to εὐαγγέλιον ( euangelion ): (1) it refers to the proclamation of the eyewitness testimony about the life and ministry of Jesus Christ as proclaimed by the author and the rest of the apostolic witnesses (prologue, esp. 1:3-4 ), and (2) it relates to the salvation of the hearers/readers, since the purpose of this proclamation is to bring them into fellowship with God and with the apostolic witnesses ( 1:3 ). Because of this the adjective “gospel” is included in the English translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A5/3"}
|
||||
{"id":47896,"verse_id":"1JN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"The referent of the pronoun “him” is not entirely clear in the Greek text; it could be either (1) God the Father, or (2) Jesus Christ, both of whom are mentioned at the end of v. 3 . A reference to Jesus Christ is more likely because this is the nearest possible antecedent, and because God (the Father) is specifically mentioned in the following clause in v. 5 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A5/4"}
|
||||
{"id":47897,"verse_id":"1JN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.5","text":"The key to understanding the first major section of 1 John, 1:5-3:10 , is found in the statement in v. 5 : “ God is light and in him there is no darkness at all .” The idea of “proclamation” – the apostolic proclamation of eyewitness testimony which the prologue introduces ( 1:2, 3 ) – is picked up in 1:5 by the use of the noun ἀγγελία ( angelia ) and the verb ἀναγγέλλομεν ( anangellomen ), cognate to the verb in 1:3 . The content of this proclamation is given by the ὅτι ( Joti ) clause in 1:5 as the assertion that God is light, so this statement should be understood as the author’s formulation of the apostolic eyewitness testimony introduced in the prologue. (This corresponds to the apostolic preaching elsewhere referred to as κήρυγμα [ khrugma ], although the term the Apostle John uses here is ἀγγελία .) sn Following the theme statement in 1:5 , God is light and in him there is no darkness at all , the author presents a series of three claims and counterclaims that make up the first unit of 1 John ( 1:5-2:2 ). The three claims begin with “if” ( 1:6, 8, 10 ) and the three counterclaims begin with “but if” ( 1:7, 9; 2:1 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A5/5"}
|
||||
{"id":47898,"verse_id":"1JN.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"The context of this statement in 1:6 indicates clearly that the progressive (continuative or durative) aspect of the present tense must be in view here. sn The relationship of the phrase keep on walking to if we say is very important for understanding the problem expressed in 1:6 . If one should say ( εἴπωμεν , eipwmen ) that he has fellowship with God, and yet continues walking ( περιπατῶμεν , peripatwmen ) in the darkness, then it follows (in the apodosis, the “then” clause) that he is lying and not practicing the truth.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47899,"verse_id":"1JN.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Or “living according to…”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A6/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47900,"verse_id":"1JN.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Or “purifies.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47901,"verse_id":"1JN.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"BDAG 50 s.v. ἁμαρτία 1 defines this term as “a departure fr. either human or divine standards of uprightness” (see 1 John 5:17 where ἁμαρτία [ Jamartia ] and ἀδικία [ adikia ] are related). This word occurs 17 times in 1 John, of which 11 are singular and 6 are plural. sn From all sin. Sometimes a distinction between singular “sin” and plural “sins” has been suggested: Some would see the singular all sin of 1:7 as a reference to sinfulness before conversion and the plural sins of 1:9 as a reference to sins committed after one became a Christian. This amounts to making 1:7 refer to initial justification and 1:9 to sanctification. But the phrase all sin in 1:7 is so comprehensive that it can hardly be limited to preconversion sins, and the emphasis on “walking” in 1:7 strongly suggests that the Christian life is in view (not one’s life before conversion). In 1 John 1:8 sin appears as a condition or characteristic quality, which in 1:10 is regarded as universal. Apart from forgiveness in Christ it results in alienation from God ( 2:15 ) and spiritual death ( 3:14 ). But according to 1 John 1:7 , cleansing from sin is possible by the blood (representing the sacrificial death) of Jesus.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A7/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47902,"verse_id":"1JN.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “say we do not have sin.” The use of ἔχω + ἁμαρτία ( ecw + Jamartia ) is an expression limited to John and 1 John in the NT. On the analogy with other constructions where ἔχω governs an abstract noun (e.g., 1 John 1:3, 6, 7; 2:28; 3:3, 15, 21; 4:16, 17; 5:12-13 ), it indicates that a state is involved, which in the case of ἁμαρτία would refer to a state of sin . The four times the expression ἔχω + ἁμαρτία occurs in the Gospel of John (9:41; 15:22, 24; 19:11) all refer to situations where a wrong action has been committed or a wrong attitude has already existed, resulting in a state of sin, and then something else happens which further emphasizes the evil of that action or attitude. Here in 1 John 1:8 the sense is the same. The author is addressing people who have sinned (resulting in a state of sin), warning them that they cannot claim to be free from the guilt of that sin. The context of 1 John does not imply libertinism (where sins are flaunted as a way of demonstrating one’s “liberty”) on the part of the opponents, since the author makes no explicit charges of immoral behavior against his opponents. The worst the author explicitly says is that they have failed to love the brethren ( 1 John 3:17 ). It seems more likely that the opponents were saying that things a believer did after conversion were not significant enough to be “sins” that could challenge one’s intimate relationship with God (a relationship the author denies that the opponents have to begin with).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47903,"verse_id":"1JN.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Or “just.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47904,"verse_id":"1JN.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"The ἵνα ( Jina ) followed by the subjunctive is here equivalent to the infinitive of result, an “ecbatic” or consecutive use of ἵνα according to BDAG 477 s.v. 3 where 1 John 1:9 is listed as a specific example. The translation with participles (“forgiving, …cleansing”) conveys this idea of result.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A9/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47905,"verse_id":"1JN.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Or “purifying.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A9/3"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
||||
{"id":47906,"verse_id":"1JN.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"There is some dispute over the significance of the aorist tense of ἁμάρτητε ( Jamarthte ): (1) F. Stagg (“Orthodoxy and Orthopraxy in the Johannine Epistles,” RevExp 67 [1970]:423-32, esp. 428) holds that the aorist is nondescriptive, saying nothing about the nature of the action itself, but only that the action has happened. This is indeed the normal aspectual value of the aorist tense in general, but there is some disagreement over whether with this particular verb there are more specific nuances of meaning. (2) M. Zerwick ( Biblical Greek §251) and N. Turner (MHT 3:72) agree that the present tense of ἁμαρτάνω ( Jamartanw ) means “to be in a state of sin” (i.e., a sinner) while the aorist refers to specific acts of sin. Without attempting to sort out this particular dispute, it should be noted that certain verbs do have different nuances of meaning in different tenses, nuances which do not derive solely from the aspectual value of the tense per se, but from a combination of semantic factors which vary from word to word. sn So that you may not sin. It is clear the author is not simply exhorting the readers not to be habitual or repetitive sinners, as if to imply that occasional acts of sin would be acceptable. The purpose of the author here is that the readers not sin at all , just as Jesus told the man he healed in John 5:14 “Don’t sin any more.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A1/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47907,"verse_id":"1JN.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"The description of the Holy Spirit as “Paraclete” is unique to the Gospel of John (14:16, 26; 15:26; and 16:7). Here, in the only other use of the word in the NT, it is Jesus, not the Spirit, who is described as παράκλητος ( paraklhto\" ). The reader should have been prepared for this interchangeability of terminology, however, by John 14:16 , where Jesus told the disciples that he would ask the Father to send them ‘another’ paraclete ( ἄλλος , allos , “another of the same kind”). This implies that Jesus himself had been a paraclete in his earthly ministry to the disciples. This does not answer all the questions about the meaning of the word here, though, since it is not Jesus’ role as an advocate during his earthly ministry which is in view, but his role as an advocate in heaven before the Father. The context suggests intercession in the sense of legal advocacy, as stress is placed upon the righteousness of Jesus ( ᾿Ιησοῦν Χριστὸν δίκαιον , Ihsoun Criston dikaion ). The concept of Jesus’ intercession on behalf of believers does occur elsewhere in the NT, notably in Rom 8:34 and Heb 7:25 . Something similar is taking place here, and is the best explanation of 1 John 2:1 . An English translation like “advocate” or “intercessor” conveys this.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A1/3"}
|
||||
{"id":47908,"verse_id":"1JN.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.1","text":"Or “Jesus Christ the righteous.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A1/4"}
|
||||
{"id":47909,"verse_id":"1JN.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"A suitable English translation for this word ( ἱλασμός , Jilasmos ) is a difficult and even controversial problem. “Expiation,” “propitiation,” and “atonement” have all been suggested. L. Morris, in a study that has become central to discussions of this topic ( The Apostolic Preaching of the Cross , 140), sees as an integral part of the meaning of the word (as in the other words in the ἱλάσκομαι [ Jilaskomai ] group) the idea of turning away the divine wrath , suggesting that “propitiation” is the closest English equivalent. It is certainly possible to see an averting of divine wrath in this context, where the sins of believers are in view and Jesus is said to be acting as Advocate on behalf of believers. R. E. Brown’s point ( Epistles of John [AB], 220-21), that it is essentially cleansing from sin which is in view here and in the other use of the word in 4:10 , is well taken, but the two connotations (averting wrath and cleansing) are not mutually exclusive and it is unlikely that the propitiatory aspect of Jesus’ work should be ruled out entirely in the usage in 2:2 . Nevertheless, the English word “propitiation” is too technical to communicate to many modern readers, and a term like “atoning sacrifice” (given by Webster’s New International Dictionary as a definition of “propitiation”) is more appropriate here. Another term, “satisfaction,” might also convey the idea, but “satisfaction” in Roman Catholic theology is a technical term for the performance of the penance imposed by the priest on a penitent. sn The Greek word ( ἱλασμός , Jilasmos ) behind the phrase atoning sacrifice conveys both the idea of “turning aside divine wrath” and the idea of “cleansing from sin.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47910,"verse_id":"1JN.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Many translations supply an understood repetition of the word “sins” here, thus: “but also for the sins of the whole world.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A2/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47911,"verse_id":"1JN.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"The translation of καί ( kai ) at the beginning of 2:3 is important for understanding the argument, because a similar καί occurs at the beginning of 1:5 . The use here is not just a simple continuative or connective use, but has more of a resumptive force, pointing back to the previous use in 1:5 . sn Now. The author, after discussing three claims of the opponents in 1:6, 8, and 10 and putting forward three counterclaims of his own in 1:7, 1:9, and 2:1 , now returns to the theme of “God as light” introduced in 1:5 . The author will now discuss how a Christian may have assurance that he or she has come to know the God who is light, again by contrast with the opponents who make the same profession of knowing God, but lack the reality of such knowledge, as their behavior makes clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47912,"verse_id":"1JN.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Grk “know him.” (1) Many take the third person pronoun αὐτον ( auton ) to refer to Jesus Christ, since he is mentioned in 2:1 and the pronoun αὐτός ( autos ) at the beginning of 2:2 clearly refers to him. But (2) it is more likely that God is the referent here, since (a) the assurance the author is discussing here is assurance that one has come to know God (all the claims of the opponents in 1:5-2:11 concern knowing and having fellowship with the God who is light); (b) when Jesus Christ is explicitly mentioned as an example to follow in 1 John 2:6 , the pronoun ἐκεῖνος ( ekeinos ) is used to distinguish this from previous references with αὐτός ; (c) the καί ( kai ) which begins 2:3 is parallel to the καί which begins 1:5 , suggesting that the author is now returning to the discussion of God who is light, a theme introduced in 1:5 . The author will now discuss how a Christian may have assurance that he or she has come to know the God who is light.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A3/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47913,"verse_id":"1JN.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “know him.” See the note on the phrase “know God” in 1 John 2:3 for explanation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47914,"verse_id":"1JN.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"The referent of this pronoun is probably to be understood as God, since God is the nearest previous antecedent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A5/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47915,"verse_id":"1JN.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"Grk “in him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A5/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47916,"verse_id":"1JN.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"The Greek verb μένω ( menw ) is commonly translated into contemporary English as “remain” or “abide,” but both of these translations have some problems: (1) “Abide” has become in some circles almost a “technical term” for some sort of special intimate fellowship or close relationship between the Christian and God, so that one may speak of Christians who are “abiding” and Christians who are not. It is accurate to say the word indicates a close, intimate (and permanent) relationship between the believer and God. However, it is very important to note that for the author of the Gospel of John and the Johannine Epistles every genuine Christian has this type of relationship with God, and the person who does not have this type of relationship (cf. 2 John 9 ) is not a believer at all (in spite of what he or she may claim). (2) On the other hand, to translate μένω as “remain” removes some of these problems, but creates others: In certain contexts, such a translation can give the impression that those who currently “remain” in this relationship with God can at some point choose not to “remain”, that is, to abandon their faith and return to an unsaved condition. While one may easily think in terms of the author’s opponents in 1 John as not “remaining,” the author makes it inescapably clear in 2:19 that these people, in spite of their claims to know God and be in fellowship with God, never really were genuine believers. (3) In an attempt to avoid both these misconceptions, this translation renders μένω as “reside” except in cases where the context indicates that “remain” is a more accurate nuance, that is, in contexts where a specific change of status or movement from one position to another is in view. sn The Greek word μένω ( menw ) translated resides indicates a close, intimate (and permanent) relationship between the believer and God. It is very important to note that for the author of the Gospel of John and the Johannine Epistles every genuine Christian has this type of relationship with God, and the person who does not have this type of relationship (cf. 2 John 9 ) is not a believer at all (in spite of what he or she may claim).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47917,"verse_id":"1JN.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Grk “in him.” Context indicates a reference to God since a different pronoun, ἐκεινος ( ekeinos ), is used later in the same verse to indicate a reference to Jesus. See the note on “Jesus” later in this verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A6/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47918,"verse_id":"1JN.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.6","text":"That is, ought to behave in the same way Jesus did. “Walking” is a common NT idiom for one’s behavior or conduct.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A6/3"}
|
||||
{"id":47919,"verse_id":"1JN.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.6","text":"Grk “that one.” Context indicates a reference to Jesus here. It is clear that ἐκεῖνος ( ekeinos ) here does not refer to the same person as αὐτῷ ( autw ) in 2:6 a. The switch to ἐκεῖνος indicates a change in the referent, and a reference to Jesus Christ is confirmed by the verb περιεπάτησεν ( periepathsen ), an activity which can only describe Jesus’ earthly life and ministry, the significance of which is one of the points of contention the author has with the opponents. In fact, ἐκεῖνος occurs 6 times in 1 John ( 2:6; 3:3, 5, 7, 16; and 4:17 ), and each one refers to Jesus Christ.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A6/4"}
|
||||
{"id":47920,"verse_id":"1JN.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"“Already” is not is the Greek text, but is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A7/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47921,"verse_id":"1JN.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"“In him” probably refers to Jesus Christ since the last third person pronoun in 2:6 referred to Jesus Christ and there is no indication in the context of a change in referent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47922,"verse_id":"1JN.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"The clause beginning with ὅτι ( Joti ) is often taken as (1) epexegetical or (2) appositional to the commandment ( ἐντολήν , entolhn ) giving a further explanation or clarification of it. But the statement following the ὅτι is about light and darkness, and it is difficult to see how this has anything to do with the commandment, especially as the commandment is related to the “new commandment” of John 13:34 for believers to love one another. It is far more likely that (3) the ὅτι clause should be understood as causal, but this still does not answer the question of whether it offers the reason for writing the “new commandment” itself or the reason for the relative clause (“that is true in him and in you”). It probably gives the reason for the writing of the commandment, although R. E. Brown ( Epistles of John [AB], 268) thinks it refers to both.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A8/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47923,"verse_id":"1JN.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “the one saying he is in the light and hating his brother.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” because of the contrast present in the two clauses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47924,"verse_id":"1JN.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “his brother.” Here the term “brother” means “fellow believer” or “fellow Christian” (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 2.a). In the repeated uses of this form of address throughout the letter, it is important to remember that sometimes it refers (1) to genuine Christians (those who have remained faithful to the apostolic eyewitness testimony about who Jesus is, as outlined in the Prologue to the letter, 1:1-4 ; an example of this usage is 2:10; 3:14, 16 ), but often it refers (2) to the secessionist opponents whose views the author rejects (examples are found here at 2:9 , as well as 2:11; 3:10; 3:15; 3:17; 4:20 ). Of course, to be technically accurate, in the latter case the reference is really to a “fellow member of the community”; the use of the term “fellow Christian” in the translation no more implies that such an individual is genuinely saved than the literal term “brother” which the author uses for such people. But a translation like “fellow member of the community” or “fellow member of the congregation” is extremely awkward and simply cannot be employed consistently throughout.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A9/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47925,"verse_id":"1JN.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"See note on the term “fellow Christian” in 2:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47926,"verse_id":"1JN.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"The third person pronoun αὐτῷ ( autw ) could refer either (1) to the person who loves his brother or (2) to the light itself which has no cause for stumbling “in it.” The following verse ( 2:11 ) views darkness as operative within a person, and the analogy with Ps 119:165 , which says that the person who loves God’s law does not stumble, expresses a similar concept in relation to an individual. This evidence suggests that the person is the referent here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A10/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47927,"verse_id":"1JN.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"The ὅτι ( Joti ) that follows all six occurrences of γράφω / ἔγραψα ( grafw / egraya ) in 2:12-14 can be understood as introducing either (1) a causal clause or (2) a content clause (if content, it could be said to introduce a direct object clause or an indirect discourse clause). Many interpreters have favored a causal translation, so that in each of the six cases what follows the ὅτι gives the reason why the author is writing to the recipients. Usage in similar constructions is not decisive because only one other instance of γράφω followed by ὅτι occurs in 1 John ( 2:21 ), and that context is just as ambiguous as this one. On other occasions γράφω does tend to be followed by a noun or pronoun functioning as direct object. This might argue for the content usage here, but it could also be argued that the direct object in the six instances in these verses is understood, namely, the content of the entire letter itself. Thus the following ὅτι clause could still be causal. Grammatical considerations aside, these uses of ὅτι are more likely introducing content clauses here rather than causal clauses because such a meaning better fits the context. If the uses of ὅτι are understood as causal, it is difficult to see why the author immediately gives a warning in the section that follows about loving the world. The confidence he has expressed in his readers (if the ὅτι clauses are understood as causal) would appear to be ill-founded if he is so concerned about their relationship to the world as 2:15-17 seems to indicate. On the other hand, understanding the ὅτι clauses as content clauses fits very well the context of reassurance which runs throughout the letter.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A12/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47928,"verse_id":"1JN.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.12","text":"“His” probably refers to Jesus Christ. Note the last reference was to Jesus in 2:8 and before that in 2:6 ; also the mention of sins being forgiven suggests Jesus’ work on the cross.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A12/3"}
|
||||
{"id":47929,"verse_id":"1JN.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"See the note on “that” in v. 12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47930,"verse_id":"1JN.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"See the note on “that” in v. 12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A13/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47931,"verse_id":"1JN.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"See the note on “that” in v. 12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A14/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47932,"verse_id":"1JN.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"editions of the Greek text. Some English translations, however, break the verses between the sentence addressed to children and the sentence addressed to fathers (KJV, NKJV, NASB, NIV). The same material has been translated in each case; the only difference is the versification of that material.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A14/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47933,"verse_id":"1JN.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.14","text":"See the note on “that” in v. 12 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A14/3"}
|
||||
{"id":47934,"verse_id":"1JN.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.14","text":"See the note on “that” in v. 12 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A14/4"}
|
||||
{"id":47935,"verse_id":"1JN.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"The genitive βίου ( biou ) is difficult to translate: (1) Many understand it as objective, so that βίος ( bios , “material life”) becomes the object of one’s ἀλαζονεία ( alazoneia ; “pride” or “boastfulness”). Various interpretations along these lines refer to boasting about one’s wealth, showing off one’s possessions, boasting of one’s social status or lifestyle. (2) It is also possible to understand the genitive as subjective, however, in which case the βίος itself produces the ἀλαζονεία . In this case, the material security of one’s life and possessions produces a boastful overconfidence. This understanding better fits the context here: The focus is on people who operate purely on a human level and have no spiritual dimension to their existence. This is the person who loves the world, whose affections are all centered on the world, who has no love for God or spiritual things (“the love of the Father is not in him,” 2:15 ). sn The arrogance produced by material possessions. The person who thinks he has enough wealth and property to protect himself and insure his security has no need for God (or anything outside himself).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A16/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47936,"verse_id":"1JN.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"See note on the translation of the Greek verb μένω ( menw ) in 2:6 . The translation “remain” is used for μένω ( menw ) here because the context contrasts the transience of the world and its desires with the permanence of the person who does God’s will.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47937,"verse_id":"1JN.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"See note on the translation of the Greek verb μένω ( menw ) in 2:6 . Here μένω has been translated as “remained” since it is clear that a change of status or position is involved. The opponents departed from the author’s congregation(s) and showed by this departure that they never really belonged. Had they really belonged, they would have stayed (“remained”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A19/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47938,"verse_id":"1JN.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A19/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47939,"verse_id":"1JN.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.19","text":"The phrase “they went out from us” is not repeated a second time in the Greek text, but constitutes an ellipsis. For clarity it is necessary to repeat it in the English translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A19/3"}
|
||||
{"id":47940,"verse_id":"1JN.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.19","text":"Grk “in order that it may be demonstrated.” The passive infinitive has been translated as active and the purpose clause translated by an infinitive in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A19/4"}
|
||||
{"id":47941,"verse_id":"1JN.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"πάντες ( pantes , nominative plural in “you all know”) is read by א B P Ψ sa. A C 049 33 1739 Ï latt sy bo have the accusative πάντα ( panta , “you know all things ”). The evidence favors the nominative reading, but it is not overwhelming. At the same time, the internal evidence supports the nominative for a variety of reasons. A scribe would naturally tend to give the transitive verb a direct object, especially because of the parallel in the first half of the verse. And intrinsically, the argument seems to be in balance with v. 19 : The “all” who have gone out and are not “in the know” with the “all” who have an anointing and know that they are true believers. Further, as R. E. Brown points out, “the fact of their knowledge ( pantes ), not the extent of its object ( panta ), seems best to fit the reassurance” ( Epistles of John [AB], 349). Brown further points out the connection with the new covenant in with this section of 1 John, esp. Jer 31:34 – “they all [ pantes ] shall know me.” Since 1 John alludes to , without directly quoting it, this is all the more reason to see the nominative as original: Allusions are often overlooked by scribes (transcriptional evidence), but support the intrinsic evidence. Thus, the evidence is solidly (though not overwhelmingly) behind the nominative reading. sn The statement you all know probably constitutes an indirect allusion to the provisions of the new covenant mentioned in (see especially Jer 31:34 ). See also R. E. Brown, The Epistles of John [AB], 349.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A20/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47942,"verse_id":"1JN.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"The interpretation of the three ὅτι clauses in v. 21 is very difficult: (1) All three instances of ὅτι ( Joti ) may be causal (so NASB, NIV, NEB). (2) The first two may be causal while the third indicates content (declarative or recitative ὅτι , so KJV, RSV, TEV, NRSV). (3) However, it is best to take all three instances as indicating content because this allows all three to be subordinate to the verb ἔγραψα ( egraya ) as compound direct objects. The author writes to reassure his readers (a) that they do indeed know the truth (first two uses of ὅτι ) and (b) that no lie is of the truth (third use).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A21/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47943,"verse_id":"1JN.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.21","text":"See the note on the first occurrence of “that” in v. 21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A21/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47944,"verse_id":"1JN.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.21","text":"See the note on the first occurrence of “that” in v. 21 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A21/3"}
|
||||
{"id":47945,"verse_id":"1JN.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"Or “the Messiah”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A22/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47946,"verse_id":"1JN.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"The Byzantine text, almost alone, lacks the last eight words of this verse, “The person who confesses the Son has the Father also” ( ὁ ὁμολογῶν τὸν υἱὸν καὶ τὸν πατέρα ἔχει , Jo Jomologwn ton Juion kai ton patera ecei ). Although shorter readings are often preferred (since scribes would tend to add material rather than delete it), if an unintentional error is likely, shorter readings are generally considered secondary. This is a classic example of such an unintentional omission: The τὸν πατέρα ἔχει of the preceding clause occasioned the haplography, with the scribe’s eye skipping from one τὸν πατέρα ἔχει to the other. (Readings such as this also suggest that the Byzantine text may have originated [at least for 1 John and probably the general epistles] in a single archetype.)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A23/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47947,"verse_id":"1JN.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.24","text":"The word translated “remain” may also be translated “reside” (3 times in 2:24 ). See also the notes on the translation of the Greek verb μένω ( menw ) in 2:6 and in 2:19 . Here the word can really have both nuances of “residing” and “remaining” and it is impossible for the English reader to catch both nuances if the translation provides only one. This occurs three times in 2:24 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A24/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47948,"verse_id":"1JN.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.25","text":"It is difficult to know whether the phrase καὶ αὕτη ἐστιν ( kai Jauth estin ) refers (1) to the preceding or (2) to the following material, or (3) to both. The same phrase occurs at the beginning of 1:5 , where it serves as a transitional link between the prologue ( 1:1-4 ) and the first major section of the letter ( 1:5-3:10 ). It is probably best to see the phrase here as transitional as well; thus καί ( kai ) has been translated “now” rather than “and.” The accusative phrase at the end of v. 25 , τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον ( thn zwhn thn aiwnion ), stands in apposition to the relative pronoun ἥν ( Jhn ), whose antecedent is ἡ ἐπαγγελία ( Jh epangelia ; see BDF §295). Thus the “promise” consists of “eternal life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A25/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47949,"verse_id":"1JN.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.25","text":"The pronoun could refer to God or Jesus Christ, but a reference to Jesus Christ is more likely here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A25/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47950,"verse_id":"1JN.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.25","text":"Grk “he himself promised.” The repetition of the cognate verb “promised” after the noun “promise” is redundant in English.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A25/3"}
|
||||
{"id":47951,"verse_id":"1JN.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.27","text":"This use of μένω ( menw ) has been translated “reside” both times in 2:27 because it refers to the current status of believers.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A27/3"}
|
||||
{"id":47952,"verse_id":"1JN.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.27","text":"Grk “and is not a lie, and just as.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A27/5"}
|
||||
{"id":47953,"verse_id":"1JN.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.27","text":"Or “he.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A27/6"}
|
||||
{"id":47954,"verse_id":"1JN.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.27","text":"The verb may be read as either (1) indicative or (2) imperative mood. The same verb is found in the following verse, 2:28 , but the address to the readers there seems clearly to indicate an imperative. On analogy some have called for an imperative here, but others have seen this as suggesting an indicative here, so that the author is not repeating himself. An indicative is slightly more likely here. Up to this point the thrust of the author has been reassurance rather than exhortation, and an indicative here (“…you reside in him”) balances the indicative in the first part of 2:27 (“the anointing which you received from him resides in you…”). With the following verse the author switches from reassurance (the readers at the time he is writing still ‘remain’; they have not yet adopted the teaching of the opponents) to exhortation (he is writing so that they will ‘remain’ and not succumb to the deception of the opponents).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A27/7"}
|
||||
{"id":47955,"verse_id":"1JN.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.28","text":"Again, as at the end of 2:27 , the verb μένετε ( menete ) may be read as either (1) indicative or (2) imperative mood. At the end of 2:27 the translation opted for an indicative because the author had been attempting to reassure his readers that they did indeed possess eternal life, and also because an indicative at the end of 2:27 balances the indicative reference to the “anointing” residing in the readers at the beginning of the verse. With the return in 2:28 to the eschatological note introduced in 2:18 , however, it appears that the author switches from reassurance to exhortation. At the time he is writing them, the readers do still “remain” since they have not yet adopted the heretical teaching of the opponents. But now the author wants to forestall the possibility that they might do so at some point, and so he begins this section with an exhortation to the readers to “reside/remain” in Christ. This suggests that μένετε in the present verse should be read as imperative rather than indicative, a view made even more probable by the following ἵνα ( Jina ) clause which states the purpose for the exhortation: in order that at the parousia (second advent) when Jesus Christ is revealed, the readers may have confidence and not shrink back from him in shame when he appears.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A28/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47956,"verse_id":"1JN.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.28","text":"In this context ἐάν ( ean ) does not indicate uncertainty about whether or not Christ will return, but rather uncertainty about the exact time when the event will take place. In the Koine period ἐάν could mean “when” or “whenever” and was virtually the equivalent of ὅταν ( {otan ; see BDAG 268 s.v. ἐάν 2). It has this meaning in John 12:32 and 14:3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A28/3"}
|
||||
{"id":47957,"verse_id":"1JN.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.28","text":"Grk “at his coming.” sn Have confidence…shrink away from him in shame when he comes back. Once again in the antithetical framework of Johannine thought (that is, the author’s tendency to think in terms of polar opposites), there are only two alternatives, just as there are only two alternatives in John 3:18-21 , a key section for the understanding of the present passage in 1 John. Anyone who does not ‘remain’ demonstrates (just as the opponents demonstrated by their departure from the community in 2:19 ) that whatever profession he has made is false and he is not truly a believer.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A28/4"}
|
||||
{"id":47958,"verse_id":"1JN.2.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.29","text":"The mood of γινώσκετε ( ginwskete ) may be understood as (1) indicative or (2) imperative. It is better to understand the verb here as indicative, because in 1 John “knowledge” is something one has as a result of being a believer ( 2:3, 5, 20, 21; 3:16, 19, 24; 4:2, 13; 5:2 ) rather than something one has to be exhorted about. The change in verbs from οἶδα ( oida ) to γινώσκω ( ginwskw ) is another example of Johannine stylistic variation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A29/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47959,"verse_id":"1JN.2.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.29","text":"The verb γεννάω ( gennaw ) presents a translation problem: (1) should the passive be translated archaically “be begotten” (the action of the male parent; see BDAG 193 s.v. 1 .a) or (2) should it be translated “be born” (as from a female parent; see BDAG 194 s.v. 2 )? A number of modern translations (RSV, NASB, NIV) have opted for the latter, but (3) the imagery expressed in 1 John 3:9 clearly refers to the action of the male parent in procreating a child, as does 5:1 (“everyone who loves the father loves the child fathered by him”), and so a word reflecting the action of the male parent is called for here. The contemporary expression “fathered by” captures this idea.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A29/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||
{"id":8162,"verse_id":"1JN.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"My little children. The direct address by the author to his readers at the beginning of 2:1 marks a break in the pattern of the opponents’ claims (indicated by the phrase if we say followed by a negative statement in the apodosis, the “then” clause) and the author’s counterclaims (represented by if with a positive statement in the apodosis) made so far in 1:6-10 . The seriousness of this last claim (in 1:10 ) causes the author to interrupt himself to address the readers as his faithful children and to explain to them that while he wants them not to sin, they may be assured that if they do, they can look to Jesus Christ, as their advocate with the Father, to intercede for them. After this, the last of the author’s three counter-claims in 1:5-2:2 is found in the if clause in 2:1 b.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":8163,"verse_id":"1JN.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"See John 13:34-35 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":8164,"verse_id":"1JN.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"The reference to the darkness…passing away and the true light…already shining is an allusion to John 1:5, 1:9, and 8:12 . Because the author sees the victory of light over darkness as something already begun, he is writing Jesus’ commandment to love one another to the readers as a reminder to (1) hold fast to what they have already heard (see 1 John 2:7 ) and (2) not be influenced by the teaching of the opponents.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A8/3"}
|
||||
{"id":8165,"verse_id":"1JN.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"The one who hates his fellow Christian. The author’s paradigm for the opponents portrays them as those who show hatred for fellow Christians ( Grk “brothers,” but not referring to one’s physical siblings). This charge will be much more fully developed in chap. , where the author will compare the opponents to Cain (who is the model for one who hates a brother, since he ultimately murdered his own brother). In 1 John 3:17 the specific charge against the opponents will be failing to give material aid to a brother in need.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A11/1"}
|
||||
{"id":8166,"verse_id":"1JN.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"1 John 2:3-11 . The section 2:3-11 contains three claims to intimate knowledge of God, each introduced by the phrase the one who says (participles in the Greek text) in 2:4, 6, and 9 . As with the three claims beginning with “if” in the previous section ( 1:6, 8, 10 ), these indirectly reflect the claims of the opponents. Each claim is followed by the author’s evaluation and its implications.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A11/2"}
|
||||
{"id":8167,"verse_id":"1JN.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"I am writing to you. The author appears to have been concerned that some of his readers, at least, would accept the claims of the opponents as voiced in 1:6, 8, and 10 . The counterclaims the author has made in 1:7, 9, and 2:1 seem intended to strengthen the readers and reassure them (among other things) that their sins are forgiven. Further assurances of their position here is in keeping with such a theme, and indeed, the topic of reassurance runs throughout the entire letter (see the purpose statement in 5:13 ). Finally, in such a context the warning which follows in 2:15-17 is not out of place because the author is dealing with a community that is discouraged by the controversy which has arisen within it and that is in need of exhortation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":8168,"verse_id":"1JN.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"3","reference":"2.13","text":"The phrase the evil one is used in John 17:15 as a reference to Satan. Satan is also the referent here and in the four other occurrences in 1 John ( 2:14; 3:12; 5:18, 19 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A13/3"}
|
||||
{"id":8169,"verse_id":"1JN.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Antichrists are John’s description for the opponents and their false teaching, which is at variance with the apostolic eyewitness testimony about who Jesus is (cf. 1:1-4 ). The identity of these opponents has been variously debated by scholars, with some contending (1) that these false teachers originally belonged to the group of apostolic leaders, but departed from it (“went out from us,” v. 19 ). It is much more likely (2) that they arose from within the Christian communities to which John is writing, however, and with which he identifies himself. This identification can be seen in the interchange of the pronouns “we” and “you” between 1:10 and 2:1 , for example, where “we” does not refer only to John and the other apostles, but is inclusive, referring to both himself and the Christians he is writing to ( 2:1 , “you”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A18/1"}
|
||||
{"id":8170,"verse_id":"1JN.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"5","reference":"2.19","text":"All of them do not belong to us. The opponents chose to depart rather than remain in fellowship with the community to which the author writes and with which he associates himself. This demonstrates conclusively to the author that they never really belonged to that community at all (in spite of what they were claiming). 1 John 2:19 indicates that the departure was apparently the opponents’ own decision rather than being thrown out or excommunicated. But for John, if they had been genuine believers, they would have remained in fellowship. Now they have gone out into the world, where they belong (compare 1 John 4:5 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A19/5"}
|
||||
{"id":8171,"verse_id":"1JN.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"4","reference":"2.25","text":"The promise consists of eternal life , but it is also related to the concept of “remaining” in 2:24 . The person who “remains in the Son and in the Father” thus has this promise of eternal life from Jesus himself. Consistent with this, 1 John 5:12 implies that the believer has this eternal life now , not just in the future, and this in turn agrees with John 5:24 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A25/4"}
|
||||
{"id":8172,"verse_id":"1JN.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"2.26","text":"The phrase those who are trying to deceive you in 1 John 2:26 is a clear reference to the secessionist opponents mentioned earlier in 1 John 2:19 , who are attempting to deceive the people the author is writing to.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A26/1"}
|
||||
{"id":8173,"verse_id":"1JN.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"2.27","text":"The anointing. The “anointing” ( χρῖσμα , crisma ) which believers have received refers to the indwelling Holy Spirit which has been given to them at their conversion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A27/1"}
|
||||
{"id":8174,"verse_id":"1JN.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"2","reference":"2.27","text":"The pronoun could refer to God or Jesus Christ, but a reference to Jesus Christ is more likely here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A27/2"}
|
||||
{"id":8175,"verse_id":"1JN.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"4","reference":"2.27","text":"The pronoun could refer (1) to God or (2) to Jesus Christ, but a reference to Jesus Christ is more likely here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A27/4"}
|
||||
{"id":8176,"verse_id":"1JN.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"2","reference":"2.28","text":"A reference to Jesus Christ is more likely here. Note the mention of the second coming (second advent) at the end of this verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A28/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
|
||||
{"id":47960,"verse_id":"1JN.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"The ἵνα ( Jina ) clause is best understood (1) as epexegetical (or explanatory), clarifying the love ( ἀγάπην , agaphn ) that the Father has given to believers. Although it is possible (2) to regard the ἵνα as indicating result, the use of ποταπήν ( potaphn , “what sort of”) to modify ἀγάπην suggests that the idea of “love” will be qualified further in the following context, and this qualification is provided by the epexegetical ἵνα clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47961,"verse_id":"1JN.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"“Indeed” is not in the Greek text but is supplied to indicate emphasis.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A1/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47962,"verse_id":"1JN.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"The phrase καὶ ἐσμεν ( kai esmen , “and we are”) is omitted in 049 69 Ï . There seems to be no theological reason to omit the words. This has all the earmarks of a classic case of homoioteleuton, for the preceding word ( κληθῶμεν , klhqwmen , “we should be called”) ends in - μεν ( -men ). tn The indicative mood indicates that the verb ἐσμέν ( esmen ) at the end of 3:1 a is not governed by the ἵνα ( Jina ) and does not belong with the ἵνα clause, since this would have required a subjunctive. If the verb ἐσμέν were subjunctive, the force of the clause would be “that we should be called children of God, and be (children of God).” With ἐσμέν as indicative, the clause reads “that we should be called children of God, and indeed we are (children of God).”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A1/3"}
|
||||
{"id":47963,"verse_id":"1JN.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.1","text":"Lexically it is clear that this phrase indicates reason, but what is not clear is whether (1) τοῦτο ( touto ) refers to what follows, (2) to what precedes, or (3) to both (as with the ἐν τοῦτο [ en touto ] phrases throughout 1 John). Διὰ τοῦτο ( dia touto ) occurs 15 times in the Gospel of John, and a pattern emerges which is so consistent that it appears to be the key to the usage here. Six times in the Gospel of John ( 5:16, 18; 8:47; 10:17; 12:18, 39 ) the phrase refers to what follows, and in each of these instances an epexegetical ὅτι ( Joti ) clause follows. Nine times in John (1:31, 6:65, 7:21-22, 9:23, 12:27, 13:11, 15:19, 16:15, 19:11) the phrase refers to what precedes, and in none of these instances is it followed by a ὅτι clause. The phrase διὰ τοῦτο is used three times in the Johannine Epistles. In two of these ( 1 John 4:5 , 3 John 10 ) there is no ὅτι clause following, and so the διὰ τοῦτο should refer to preceding material. Here in 3:1 there is an epexegetical ὅτι clause following, so the διὰ τοῦτο should (unless it is the only exception in the Gospel of John and the Johannine Epistles) refer to what follows, that is, to the ὅτι clause itself. This is indicated by the colon in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A1/4"}
|
||||
{"id":47964,"verse_id":"1JN.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"The subject of the third person singular passive verb ἐφανερώθη ( efanerwqh ) in 3:2 is the following clause τί ἐσόμεθα ( ti esomeqa ): “Beloved, now we are children of God, and what we shall be has not yet been revealed.” sn What we will be. The opponents have been revealed as antichrists now ( 2:19 ). What believers will be is to be revealed later . In light of the mention of the parousia in 2:28 , it seems likely that an eschatological revelation of the true character of believers is in view here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47965,"verse_id":"1JN.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"The Byzantine text, the Syriac Peshitta, the Bohairic Coptic, and one ms of the Sahidic Coptic supply δέ ( de ) after οἴδαμεν ( oidamen ) in 3:2 b. Additions of coordinating conjunctions such as δέ are predictable variants; this coupled with the poor external credentials suggests that this addition is not likely to be original. tn The relationship of 3:2 b to 3:2 a is difficult. It seems best to regard this as a case of asyndeton, although the Byzantine text, the Syriac Peshitta, the Bohairic Coptic, and some mss of the Sahidic Coptic supply δέ ( de ) after οἴδαμεν ( oidamen ) in 3:2 b. This addition is not likely to be original, but it does reflect a tendency among scribes to see an adversative (contrastive) relationship between 3:2 a and 3:2 b. This seems to be an accurate understanding of the relationship between the clauses from a logical standpoint: “and what we shall be has not yet been revealed; but we know that whenever he should be revealed, we shall be like him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A2/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47966,"verse_id":"1JN.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.2","text":"The first ὅτι ( Joti ) in 3:2 follows οἴδαμεν ( oidamen ), a verb of perception, and introduces an indirect discourse clause which specifies the content of what believers know: “that whenever it should be revealed, we shall be like him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A2/3"}
|
||||
{"id":47967,"verse_id":"1JN.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.2","text":"In this context ἐάν ( ean ) does not indicate (1) uncertainty about whether or not what believers will be shall be revealed, but rather (2) uncertainty about the exact time the event will take place. In the Koine period ἐάν can mean “when” or “whenever” and is virtually the equivalent of ὅταν ( Jotan ; see BDAG 268 s.v. ἐάν 2). It has this meaning in John 12:32 and 14:3 . Thus the phrase here should be translated, “we know that whenever it is revealed.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A2/4"}
|
||||
{"id":47968,"verse_id":"1JN.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.2","text":"Many take the understood subject (“he”) of φανερωθῇ ( fanerwqh ) as a reference to Jesus Christ, because the same verb was used in 2:28 in reference to the parousia (second advent). In the immediate context, however, a better analogy is ἐφανερώθη τί ἐσόμεθα ( efanerwqh ti esomeqa ) in 3:2 a. There the clause τί ἐσόμεθα is the subject of the passive verb: “ what we shall be has not yet been revealed.” From a grammatical standpoint it makes better sense to see the understood subject of φανερωθῇ as “it” rather than “he” and as referring back to the clause τί ἐσόμεθα in 3:2 a. In the context this makes good sense: “Beloved, now we are children of God, and what we shall be has not yet been revealed. We know that whenever it shall be revealed , we shall be like him, because we shall see him just as he is.” This emphasizes the contrast in the verse between the present state (“not yet been revealed”) and the future state (“shall be revealed”) of believers, and this will of course take place at the parousia.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A2/5"}
|
||||
{"id":47969,"verse_id":"1JN.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"3.2","text":"The second ὅτι ( Joti ) in 3:2 is best understood as causal, giving the reason why believers will be like God: “we shall be like him, because we shall see him just as he is.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A2/7"}
|
||||
{"id":47970,"verse_id":"1JN.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"“Focused” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47971,"verse_id":"1JN.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.3","text":"Grk “that one.” Context indicates a reference to Jesus here. The switch from αὐτός ( autos ) to ἐκείνος ( ekeinos ) parallels 1 John 2:6 (see note there). Since purity of life is mentioned in the context, this almost certainly refers to Jesus in his earthly life and ministry as the example believers should imitate (a major theme of the author throughout 1 John).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A3/3"}
|
||||
{"id":47972,"verse_id":"1JN.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.4","text":"Grk “and.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A4/3"}
|
||||
{"id":47973,"verse_id":"1JN.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Grk “that one.” The context makes it clear that this is a reference to Jesus, because the reader is told “he was revealed in order that he might take away sins.” The connection with Jesus as the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world in John 1:29 provides additional confirmation that the previous use of ἐκεῖνος ( ekeinos ) in 3:3 b should also be understood as a reference to Jesus, as 2:6 was. sn In Johannine thought it is Jesus , the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world ( John 1:29 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A5/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47974,"verse_id":"1JN.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"The ἵνα ( Jina ) clause gives the purpose of Jesus’ self-revelation as he manifested himself to the disciples and to the world during his earthly life and ministry: It was “to take away sins.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A5/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47975,"verse_id":"1JN.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Here the verb μένω ( menw ) refers to the permanence of relationship between Jesus and the believer, as in 2:27 and 2:28 . It is clear that Jesus is the referent of the phrase ἐν αὐτῷ ( en autw ) because he is the subject of the discussion in v. 5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47976,"verse_id":"1JN.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"The interpretive problem raised by the use of the present tense ἁμαρτάνει ( Jamartanei ) in this verse (and ποιεῖ [ poiei ] in 3:9 as well) is that (a) it appears to teach a sinless state of perfection for the true Christian, and (b) it appears to contradict the author’s own statements in 2:1-2 where he acknowledged that Christians do indeed sin. (1) One widely used method of reconciling the acknowledgment in 2:1-2 that Christians do sin with the statements in 3:6 and 3:9 that they do not is expressed by M. Zerwick ( Biblical Greek §251). He understands the aorist to mean “commit sin in the concrete, commit some sin or other” while the present means “be a sinner, as a characteristic «state».” N. Turner ( Grammatical Insights , 151) argues essentially the same as Zerwick, stating that the present tense ἁμαρτάνει is stative (be a sinner) while the aorist is ingressive (begin to be a sinner, as the initial step of committing this or that sin). Similar interpretations can be found in a number of grammatical works and commentaries. (2) Others, however, have questioned the view that the distinction in tenses alone can convey a “habitual” meaning without further contextual clarification, including C. H. Dodd ( The Johannine Epistles [MNTC], 79) and Z. C. Hodges (“1 John,” BKCNT , 894). B. Fanning ( Verbal Aspect [OTM], 215-17) has concluded that the habitual meaning for the present tense cannot be ruled out, because there are clear instances of habitual presents in the NT where other clarifying words are not present and the habitual sense is derived from the context alone. This means that from a grammatical standpoint alone, the habitual present cannot be ruled out in 1 John 3:6 and 9 . It is still true, however, that it would have been much clearer if the author had reinforced the habitual sense with clarifying words or phrases in 1 John 3:6 and 9 if that is what he had intended. Dodd’s point, that reliance on the distinction in tenses alone is quite a subtle way of communicating such a vital point in the author’s argument, is still valid. It may also be added that the author of 1 John has demonstrated a propensity for alternating between present and aorist tenses for purely stylistic reasons (see 2:12 ). sn Does not sin. It is best to view the distinction between “everyone who practices sin” in 3:4 and “everyone who resides in him” in 3:6 as absolute and sharply in contrast. The author is here making a clear distinction between the opponents, who as moral indifferentists downplay the significance of sin in the life of the Christian, and the readers, who as true Christians recognize the significance of sin because Jesus came to take it away ( 3:5 ) and to destroy it as a work of the devil ( 3:8 ). This argument is developed more fully by S. Kubo (“ I John 3:9 : Absolute or Habitual?” AUSS 7 [1969]: 47-56), who takes the opponents as Gnostics who define sin as ignorance. The opponents were probably not adherents of fully developed gnosticism, but Kubo is right that the distinction between their position and that of the true Christian is intentionally portrayed by the author here as a sharp antithesis . This explanation still has to deal with the contradiction between 2:1-2 and 3:6-9 , but this does not present an insuperable difficulty. The author of 1 John has repeatedly demonstrated a tendency to present his ideas antithetically, in “either/or” terms, in order to bring out for the readers the drastic contrast between themselves as true believers and the opponents as false believers. In 2:1-2 the author can acknowledge the possibility that a true Christian might on occasion sin, because in this context he wishes to reassure his readers that the statements he has made about the opponents in the preceding context do not apply to them. But in 3:4-10 , his concern is to bring out the absolute difference between the opponents and his readers, so he speaks in theoretical rather than practical terms which do not discuss the possible occasional exception, because to do so would weaken his argument.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A6/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47977,"verse_id":"1JN.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “that one.” Context indicates a reference to Jesus here. As with the previous uses of ἐκεῖνος ( ekeinos ) by the author of 1 John ( 2:6; 3:3, 5 ), this one refers to Jesus, as the reference to “the Son of God” in the following verse ( 3:8 ) makes clear.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A7/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47978,"verse_id":"1JN.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"The present tense verb has been translated as an extending-from-past present (a present of past action still in progress). See ExSyn 520.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A8/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47979,"verse_id":"1JN.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"Here εἰς τοῦτο ( eis touto ) states the purpose for the revelation of God’s Son. However, the phrase offers the same difficulty as all the ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) phrases in 1 John: Does it refer to what precedes or to what follows? By analogy with the ἐν τούτῳ construction it is probable that the phrase εἰς τοῦτο here refers to what follows: There is a ἵνα ( Jina ) clause following which appears to be related to the εἰς τοῦτο , and in fact is resumptive (that is, it restates the idea of “purpose” already expressed by the εἰς τοῦτο ). Thus the meaning is: “For this purpose the Son of God was revealed: to destroy the works of the devil.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A8/3"}
|
||||
{"id":47980,"verse_id":"1JN.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.8","text":"In the Gospel of John λύσῃ ( lush ) is used both literally and figuratively. In John 1:27 it refers to a literal loosing of one’s sandal-thong, and in John 2:19 to a destruction of Jesus’ physical body which was understood by the hearers to refer to physical destruction of the Jerusalem temple. In John 5:18 it refers to the breaking of the Sabbath, in John 7:23 to the breaking of the law of Moses, and in John 10:35 to the breaking of the scriptures. The verb is again used literally in John 11:44 at the resurrection of Lazarus when Jesus commands that he be released from the graveclothes with which he was bound. Here in 1 John 3:8 the verb means, with reference to “the works of the devil,” to “destroy, bring to an end, abolish.” See BDAG 607 s.v. λύω 4 and F. Büchsel, TDNT 4:336.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A8/4"}
|
||||
{"id":47981,"verse_id":"1JN.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"The imagery expressed here ( σπέρμα αὐτοῦ , sperma autou , “his seed”) clearly refers to the action of the male parent in procreation, and so “fathered” is the best choice for translating γεννάω ( gennaw ; see 2:29 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47982,"verse_id":"1JN.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"The problem of the present tense of ποιεῖ ( poiei ) here is exactly that of the present tense of ἁμαρτάνει ( Jamartanei ) in 3:6 . Here in 3:9 the distinction is sharply drawn between “the one who practices sin” in 3:8 , who is of the devil, and “the one who is fathered by God” in 3:9 , who “does not practice sin.” See S. Kubo (“ I John 3:9 : Absolute or Habitual?” AUSS 7 [1969]: 47-56) for a fuller discussion of the author’s argument as based on a sharp antithesis between the recipients (true Christians) and the opponents (heretics). sn Does not practice sin. Again, as in 3:6 , the author is making a clear distinction between the opponents, who as moral indifferentists downplay the significance of sin in the life of the Christian, and the recipients, who as true Christians recognize the significance of sin because Jesus came to take it away ( 3:5 ) and to destroy it as a work of the devil ( 3:8 ). This explanation still has to deal with the apparent contradiction between the author’s statements in 2:1-2 and those here in 3:9 , but this is best explained in terms of the author’s tendency to present issues in “either/or” terms to bring out the drastic contrast between his readers, whom he regards as true believers, and the opponents, whom he regards as false. In 2:1-2 the author can acknowledge the possibility that a true Christian might on occasion sin, because in this context he wishes to reassure his readers that the statements he has made about the opponents in the preceding context do not apply to them. But in 3:4-10 , his concern is to bring out the absolute difference between the opponents and his readers, so he speaks in theoretical terms which do not discuss the possible occasional exception, because to do so would weaken his argument.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A9/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47983,"verse_id":"1JN.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.9","text":"Both the first and second ὅτι ( Joti ) in 3:9 are causal. The first gives the reason why the person who is begotten by God does not practice sin (“because his seed resides in him).” The second gives the reason why the person who is begotten by God is not able to sin (“because he has been begotten by God).”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A9/3"}
|
||||
{"id":47984,"verse_id":"1JN.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.9","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A9/4"}
|
||||
{"id":47985,"verse_id":"1JN.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.9","text":"The closest meaning for σπέρμα ( sperma ) in this context is “male generating seed” (cf. BDAG 937 s.v. 1 .b), although this is a figurative rather than a literal sense. Such imagery is bold and has seemed crudely anthropomorphic to some interpreters, but it poses no more difficulty than the image of God as a male parent fathering Christians that appears in John 1:13 and is behind the use of γεννάω ( gennaw ) with reference to Christians in 1 John 2:29; 3:9; 4:7; 5:1, 4, and 18 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A9/5"}
|
||||
{"id":47986,"verse_id":"1JN.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.9","text":"“Thus” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied to bring out the resultative force of the clause in English.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A9/6"}
|
||||
{"id":47987,"verse_id":"1JN.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Once again there is the problem (by now familiar to the interpreter of 1 John) of determining whether the phrase ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) in 3:10 refers (1) to what precedes or (2) to what follows. If it refers to what precedes, it serves to conclude the unit which began with 2:28 . The remainder of 3:10 would then form a transition to the following material (another “hinge” passage). On the other hand, if the phrase ἐν τούτῳ refers to what follows, then the entirety of 3:10 is a summary statement at the end of 2:28-3:10 which recapitulates the section’s major theme ( conduct is the clue to paternity ), and provides at the same time a transition to the theme of loving one’s brother which will dominate the following section ( 3:11-24 ). Although R. E. Brown ( Epistles of John [AB], 416) prefers to see the phrase as referring to the preceding material, it makes better sense to refer it to the remainder of 3:10 that follows, and see the entirety of 3:10 as both a summary of the theme of the preceding section 2:28-3:10 and a transition to the following section 3:11-24 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47988,"verse_id":"1JN.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"See note on the term “fellow Christian” in 2:9 . sn Does not love his fellow Christian. The theme of loving one’s fellow Christian appears in the final clause of 3:10 because it provides the transition to the second major section of 1 John, 3:11-5:12 , and specifically to the following section 3:11-24 . The theme of love will dominate the second major section of the letter (see 1 John 4:8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A10/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47989,"verse_id":"1JN.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"It could be argued (1) that the ὅτι ( Joti ) at the beginning of 3:11 is grammatically subordinate to the preceding statement at the end of 3:10 . As BDF §456.1 points out, however, “Subordination with ὅτι and διότι is often very loose…and must be translated ‘for.’” Thus (2) ὅτι assumes an inferential sense, standing at the beginning of a new sentence and drawing an inference based upon all that has preceded. This is confirmed by the structural parallel between the present verse and 1:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A11/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47990,"verse_id":"1JN.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"The word “gospel” is not in the Greek text but is supplied to clarify the meaning. See the notes on the words “gospel” and “message” in 1 John 1:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A11/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47991,"verse_id":"1JN.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.11","text":"See the note on the word “message” in 1 John 1:5 , where this same phrase occurs.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A11/3"}
|
||||
{"id":47992,"verse_id":"1JN.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"For the Greek verb σφάζω ( sfazw ) L&N 20.72 states, “to slaughter, either animals or persons; in contexts referring to persons, the implication is of violence and mercilessness – ‘to slaughter, to kill.’” As a reflection of this nuance, the translation “brutally murdered” has been used.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A12/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47993,"verse_id":"1JN.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Grk “brothers,” but the Greek word may be used for “brothers and sisters” or “fellow Christians” as here (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 1, where considerable nonbiblical evidence for the plural ἀδελφοί [ adelfoi ] meaning “brothers and sisters” is cited). Since the author is addressing his readers directly at this point, “brothers and sisters” (suggesting a degree of familial endearment) has been employed in the translation at this point, while elsewhere the less direct “fellow Christians” has been used (cf. v. 14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47994,"verse_id":"1JN.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"The first ὅτι ( Joti ) clause, following a verb of perception, introduces an indirect discourse clause giving the content of what the readers are assumed to know: that they have passed over from death to life, that is, that they possess eternal life. The author gives a similar reassurance to his readers in 5:13 . Alternation between the verbs οἶδα ( oida ) and γινώσκω ( ginwskw ) in 1 John is probably a matter of stylistic variation (of which the writer is extremely fond) rather than indicative of a subtle difference in meaning.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A14/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47995,"verse_id":"1JN.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"This verb essentially means “to transfer from one place to another, go/pass over ,” according to BDAG 638 s.v. μεταβαίνω 1. sn In John 13:1 the same Greek verb translated crossed over here is used to refer to Jesus’ departure from this world as he returns to the Father. Here it is used figuratively to refer to the believer’s transfer from the state of (spiritual) death to the state of (spiritual) life. This use is paralleled in John 5:24 , where Jesus states, “the person who hears my message and believes the one who sent me has eternal life and will not be condemned, but has crossed over (same verb) from death to life.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A14/2"}
|
||||
{"id":47996,"verse_id":"1JN.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.14","text":"The second ὅτι ( Joti ) clause in 3:14 is also related to οἴδαμεν ( oidamen ), but in this case the ὅτι is causal, giving the reason why the readers know that they have passed from death to life: because they love the brothers.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A14/4"}
|
||||
{"id":47997,"verse_id":"1JN.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.14","text":"See note on the phrase “fellow Christian” in 2:9 . sn Because we love our fellow Christians. This echoes Jesus’ words in John 13:35 , where he states, “by this all men will know that you are My disciples, if you have love for one another.” As in 1 John 2:3 and 5 , obedience becomes the basis for assurance. But the relationship between loving one’s fellow Christian ( Grk “brother”) and possessing eternal life goes beyond a proof or external test. Our love for our fellow Christians is in fact a form of God’s love for us because as far as the author of 1 John is concerned, all love comes from God (cf. 4:7-11 ). Therefore he can add the next line of 3:14 , “the one who does not love remains in death.” Why? Because such a person does not have God’s love residing in them at all. Rather, this person can be described as a “murderer” – as the following verse goes on to do. Note also that the author’s description here of the person who does not love as remaining in death is another way of describing a person who remains in darkness, which is a description of unbelievers in John 12:46 . This provides further confirmation of the spiritual state of the author’s opponents in 2:9-11 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A14/5"}
|
||||
{"id":47998,"verse_id":"1JN.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"See note on the phrase “fellow Christian” in 2:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A15/1"}
|
||||
{"id":47999,"verse_id":"1JN.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.15","text":"The verb μένω ( menw ) in 3:15 refers to a spiritual reality (eternal life) which in this case does not reside in the person in question. To speak in terms of eternal life not “residing” in such an individual is not to imply that at some time in the past this person did possess eternal life and subsequently lost it, however. The previous verse ( 3:14 ) makes it clear that the individual under discussion here has “remained” in death (the realm of spiritual death) and so has never possessed eternal life to begin with, no matter what he may have claimed. Taken together with the use of μένω in 3:14 , the use here implies that the opponents have “remained” in death all along, and have not ever been genuine believers. Thus “residing” rather than “remaining” is used as the translation for μένουσαν ( menousan ) here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A15/3"}
|
||||
{"id":48000,"verse_id":"1JN.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Here the phrase ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) is followed by a ὅτι ( Joti ) clause which is epexegetical (or explanatory), and thus ἐν τούτῳ refers to what follows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A16/1"}
|
||||
{"id":48001,"verse_id":"1JN.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"Grk “that one.” Context indicates a reference to Jesus. The mention of the sacrificial death in 3:16 ( ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἔθηκεν , Juper hmwn thn yuchn autou eqhken ) points to Jesus as the referent here. (This provides further confirmation that ἐκεῖνος [ ekeinos ] in 2:6; 3:3, 5, and 7 refers to Jesus.)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A16/2"}
|
||||
{"id":48002,"verse_id":"1JN.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Here βίος ( bios ) refers to one’s means of subsistence – material goods or property (BDAG 177 s.v. 2 ). sn Note the vivid contrast with Jesus’ example in the preceding verse: He was willing to lay down his very life, but the person in view in 3:17 is not even willing to lay down part of his material possessions for the sake of his brother.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":48003,"verse_id":"1JN.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"See note on the phrase “fellow Christian” in 2:9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A17/2"}
|
||||
{"id":48004,"verse_id":"1JN.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.17","text":"Here a subjective genitive, indicating God’s love for us – the love which comes from God – appears more likely because of the parallelism with “eternal life” ( ζωὴν αἰώνιον , zwhn aiwnion ) in 3:15 , which also comes from God. sn The love of God. The author is not saying that the person who does not love his brother cannot love God either (although this may be true enough), but rather that the person who does not love his brother shows by this failure to love that he does not have any of the love which comes from God ‘residing’ in him (the Greek verb used is μένω [ menw ]). Once again, conduct is the clue to paternity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A17/3"}
|
||||
{"id":48005,"verse_id":"1JN.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"Once again there is the problem of deciding whether the phrase ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) refers (1) to what precedes or (2) to what follows. When an explanatory or epexegetical ὅτι ( Joti ) clause follows, and the ὅτι clause is not grammatically unrelated to the phrase ἐν τούτῳ , then the ἐν τούτῳ is best understood as referring to what follows. Here in 3:19-20 there are no less than three ὅτι clauses that follow, one in 3:19 and two in 3:20 , and thus there is the difficulty of trying to determine whether any one of them is related to the ἐν τούτῳ phrase in 3:19 . It is relatively easy to eliminate the first ὅτι clause (in 3:19 ) from consideration, because it is related not to ἐν τούτῳ but to the verb γνωσόμεθα ( gnwsomeqa ) as an indirect discourse clause giving the content of what believers know (“that we are of the truth”). As far as the two ὅτι clauses in 3:20 are concerned, it is difficult to see how believers could know that they belong to the truth (19a) by means of either, since the first speaks of a situation where they are under self-condemnation (“if our heart condemns us…”) and the second ὅτι clause seems to give a further explanation related to the first (“that God is greater than our heart…”). Therefore it seems better to understand the phrase ἐν τούτῳ in 3:19 as referring to the preceding context, and this makes perfectly good sense, because 3:18 concludes with a reference to the righteous deeds with which believers are to love one another, which are produced by the truth. sn By this refers to the righteous deeds mentioned at the end of 3:18 , the expressions of love. It is by doing these deeds that believers assure themselves that they belong to the truth, because the outward action reflects the inward reality of their relationship with God. Put another way, ‘conduct is the clue to paternity.’","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A19/1"}
|
||||
{"id":48006,"verse_id":"1JN.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.19","text":"The verb πείθω ( peiqw ) in the active voice (with the exception of the second perfect and pluperfect) means (a) “to convince”; (b) “to persuade, appeal to”; (c) “to win over, strive to please”; or (d) “to conciliate, pacify, set at ease or rest” (see BDAG 791 s.v. πείθω ). Interpreters are generally divided between meaning (a) and meaning (d) for the verb in the present context, with BDAG opting for the latter (although it is pointed out that “the text is not in good order”). In any case the object of the verb πείθω in this context is καρδία ( kardia ), and this leads to further problems because the meaning of καρδία will affect one’s understanding of πείσομεν ( peisomen ) here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A19/2"}
|
||||
{"id":48007,"verse_id":"1JN.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.19","text":"Further difficulties are created by the meaning of καρδία ( kardia ) in 3:19 . Although it may be agreed that the term generally refers to the “center and source of the whole inner life, w. its thinking, feeling, and volition” (BDAG 508 s.v. l.b), this may be further subdivided into references to (a) “the faculty of thought…as the organ of natural and spiritual enlightenment,” that is, the mind; (b) “the will and its decisions”; (c) “the emotions, wishes, desires,” i.e., the emotions or feelings; or (d) “moral decisions, the moral life,” that is, the part of the individual where moral decisions are made, which is commonly called the conscience. Thus καρδία in 3:19 could refer to either the mind, the will, the emotions, or the conscience, and it is not transparently clear which concept the author has primarily in view. In light of the overall context, which seems to discuss the believer’s assurance of his or her standing before God ( ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ [ emprosqen autou ] in 3:19 and the mention of παρρησία [ parrhsia , “boldness” or “confidence”] in 3:21 ) it seems probable that the conscience , that aspect of one’s καρδία which involves moral choices and the guilt or approval for having made them, is primarily in view here. Thus the meaning “convince” is preferred for the verb πείθω ( peiqw ), since the overall subject seems to be the believer’s assurance of his or her standing before God, especially in the case when (v. 20 ) the believer’s conscience attempts to condemn him on account of sin.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A19/3"}
|
||||
{"id":48008,"verse_id":"1JN.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.19","text":"Both ἔμπροσθεν ( emprosqen ) in 3:19 and ἐνώπιον ( enwpion ) in 3:22 are improper prepositions and both express the meaning “before” in the sense of “in the presence of.” (1) Some interpreters have tried to see a subtle distinction in meaning between the two in 3:19 and 22 , but (2) as BDF §214.6 points out, ἔμπροσθεν and ἐνώπιον , along with a third classical expression ἐναντίον ( enantion ), all refer to being in someone’s presence and are essentially interchangeable. There can be little doubt that once more the author’s fondness for stylistic variation in terminology is at work here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A19/4"}
|
||||
{"id":48009,"verse_id":"1JN.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.20","text":"The first ὅτι ( Joti ) in 3:20 may be understood either (1) as causal, “because if our heart condemns us,” or (2) as epexegetical (explanatory), “that if our heart condemns us.” There are two other instances of the combination ὅτι ἐάν ( Joti ean ) in 1 John, 3:2 and 5:14 . In 3:14 the ὅτι clearly introduces an indirect discourse (content) clause following οἴδαμεν ( oidamen ). In 5:14 the ὅτι is epexegetical to a preceding statement (“and this is the confidence [ ἡ παρρησία , Jh parrhsia ] which we have before him, that if we ask anything according to his will he hears us”). This is analogous to the present situation, and the subject under discussion (the believer’s confidence before God) is also similar (cf. 3:21-22 ). It is thus more likely, by analogy, that the first ὅτι clause in 3:20 , ὅτι ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία ( {oti ean kataginwskh Jhmwn Jh kardia ), should also be understood as epexegetical to the preceding clause, ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πείσομεν τὴν καρδίαν ( emprosqen autou peisomen thn kardian , “and we convince our heart before him”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A20/1"}
|
||||
{"id":48010,"verse_id":"1JN.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.20","text":"In Deut 25:1 LXX καταγινώσκω ( kataginwskw ) means “to condemn” in a context where it is in opposition to δικαιοῦν ( dikaioun , “to acquit”). In Job 42:6 LXX (Symmachus) and Ezek 16:61 LXX (Symmachus) it is used of self-judgment or self-condemnation, and this usage is also found in the intertestamental literature (Sir 14:2). Testament of Gad 5:3 describes a person οὐχ ὑπ᾿ ἄλλου καταγινωσκόμενος ἀλλ᾿ ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας καρδίας ( ouc Jup ’ a[llou kataginwskomeno\" all ’ Jupo th\" idia\" kardia\" , “condemned not by another but by his own heart”). Thus the word has legal or forensic connotations, and in this context refers to the believer’s self-condemnation resulting from a guilty conscience concerning sin.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A20/2"}
|
||||
{"id":48011,"verse_id":"1JN.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.20","text":"The use of two ὅτι ( Joti ) clauses in close succession is somewhat awkward, but this is nothing new for the author; and indeed he has twice previously used two ὅτι clauses in close proximity in 3:2 and 14 . In both those instances the second ὅτι was understood as causal, and (1) some interpreters would do the same here. Unless one understands both of the ὅτι clauses in 3:20 as causal, however (an option rejected based on the analogy with 5:14 , see the discussion in the note on “that” at the beginning of the present verse), the first ὅτι clause must be understood as parenthetical in order for the second to be causal. This results in an even more awkward construction. It seems most probable that (2) the second ὅτι clause in 3:20 should also be understood as epexegetical (explanatory), and resumptive to the first. The resultant meaning is as follows: “and we convince our heart before him, that if our heart condemns us, that God is greater than our heart and knows all things.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A20/3"}
|
||||
{"id":48012,"verse_id":"1JN.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.22","text":"The conjunction καί ( kai ) which begins 3:22 is epexegetical (explanatory), relating a further implication of the “confidence” ( παρρησίαν , parrhsian ) which believers have before God when their heart (conscience) does not condemn them. They can ask things of God with the expectation of receiving their requests.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A22/1"}
|
||||
{"id":48013,"verse_id":"1JN.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.22","text":"The ὅτι ( Joti ) is clearly causal, giving the reason why believers receive what they ask.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A22/2"}
|
||||
{"id":48014,"verse_id":"1JN.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.23","text":"The καί ( kai ) is epexegetical/explanatory (or perhaps resumptive) of the commandment(s) mentioned in the preceding verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A23/1"}
|
||||
{"id":48015,"verse_id":"1JN.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.23","text":"This verse begins with the phrase καὶ αὕτη ἐστίν ( kai {auth estin ; cf. the similar phrase in 3:11 and 1:5 ), which is explained by the following ἵνα ( Jina ) clause, “that we believe in the name of his Son Jesus Christ.” The ἵνα thus introduces a clause which is (1) epexegetical (explanatory) or (2) appositional. By analogy the similar phrase in 3:11 is also followed by an epexegetical ἵνα clause and the phrase in 1:5 by an epexegetical ὅτι ( Joti ) clause. sn His commandment refers to what follows – the commandment from God is to believe in his Son, Jesus Christ, and to love one another.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A23/2"}
|
||||
{"id":48016,"verse_id":"1JN.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.24","text":"The verb μένω ( menw ) has been translated “resides” here because this verse refers to the mutual and reciprocal relationship between God and the believer. sn The verb resides ( μένω , menw ) here and again in the second clause of 3:24 refers to the permanence of relationship between God and the believer, as also in 2:6; 4:12, 13, 15, and 16 (3x).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A24/1"}
|
||||
{"id":48017,"verse_id":"1JN.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.24","text":"Grk “in him.” In context this is almost certainly a reference to God (note the phrase “his Son Jesus Christ” in 3:23 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A24/2"}
|
||||
{"id":48018,"verse_id":"1JN.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.24","text":"Grk “he.” In context this is almost certainly a reference to God (note the phrase “his Son Jesus Christ” in 3:23 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A24/3"}
|
||||
{"id":48019,"verse_id":"1JN.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.24","text":"Once again there is the (by now familiar) question of whether the phrase ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) refers to what precedes or to what follows. In this case, the following phrase ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος ( ek tou pneumato\" ) explains the ἐν τούτῳ phrase, and so it refers to what follows.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A24/4"}
|
||||
{"id":48020,"verse_id":"1JN.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.24","text":"Grk “he.” In context this is almost certainly a reference to God (note the phrase “his Son Jesus Christ” in 3:23 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A24/5"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
|
||||
{"id":8177,"verse_id":"1JN.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"5","reference":"3.1","text":"The pronoun him is a clear reference to Jesus Christ (compare John 1:10 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A1/5"}
|
||||
{"id":8178,"verse_id":"1JN.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"6","reference":"3.2","text":"Is revealed. It may well be that the use of the same passive verb here (from φανερόω , fanerow ) is intended to suggest to the reader the mention of the parousia (Christ’s second coming) in 2:28 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A2/6"}
|
||||
{"id":8179,"verse_id":"1JN.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"8","reference":"3.2","text":"The phrase we will be like him, because we will see him just as he is has been explained two ways: (1) believers will really become more like God than they now are, and will do this through seeing God as he really is; or (2) believers will realize that they are already like God, but did not realize it until they see him as he is. One who sees a strong emphasis on realized eschatology in the Gospel of John and the Epistles might opt for the second view, since it downplays the difference between what believers already are in the present age and what they will become in the next. It seems better, though, in light of the statement in 3:2 a that “what we will be has not yet been revealed” and because of the reference to Christ’s parousia in 2:28 , that the author intends to distinguish between the present state of believers and what they will be like in the future. Thus the first view is better, that believers really will become more like God than they are now, as a result of seeing him as he really is.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A2/8"}
|
||||
{"id":8180,"verse_id":"1JN.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"The verb translated purifies ( ἁγνίζω , Jagnizw ) is somewhat unusual here, since it is not common in the NT, and occurs only once in the Gospel of John (11:55). One might wonder why the author did not use the more common verb ἁγιάζω ( Jagiazw ), as in John 17:19 , where Jesus prays, “On their behalf I consecrate myself, so that they may also be consecrated in the truth.” It is possible that there is some overlap between the two verbs and thus this is another example of Johannine stylistic variation, but the verb ἁγνίζω is used in the context of John 11:55 , which describes ritual purification for the Passover, a usage also found in the LXX ( Exod 19:10-11 , Num 8:21 ). In this context the use of ἁγνίζω would remind the readers that, if they have the future hope of entering the Father’s presence (“seeing him as he is” in 3:2 ), they need to prepare themselves by living a purified lifestyle now, just as Jesus lived during his earthly life and ministry (cf. 2:6 again). This serves to rebut the opponents’ claims to moral indifference, that what the Christian does in the present life is of no consequence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A3/2"}
|
||||
{"id":8181,"verse_id":"1JN.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"4","reference":"3.3","text":"1 John 3:1-3 . All of 3:1-3 is a parenthesis within the present section in which the author reflects on what it means to be fathered by God, a subject he has mentioned at the end of 2:29 . The sequence of the argument is then resumed by 3:4 , which is in opposition to 2:29 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A3/4"}
|
||||
{"id":8182,"verse_id":"1JN.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Everyone who practices sin. In contrast to the πᾶς ὁ ( pas Jo ) + participle construction in 3:3 ( everyone who has , πᾶς ὁ ἔχων [ pas Jo ecwn ]) which referred to believers, the use of everyone who practices sin ( πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν [ pas Jo poiwn thn Jamartian ]) here refers to the author’s opponents. A similar use, referring to the opponents’ denial of the Son, is found in 2:23 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":8183,"verse_id":"1JN.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"The Greek word ἀνομία ( anomia ) is often translated “iniquity” or “lawlessness” and in the LXX refers particularly to transgression of the law of Moses. In Jewish thought the ideas of sin ( ἁμαρτία , Jamartia ) and lawlessness or iniquity ( ἀνομία ) were often equated because sin involved a violation of the Mosaic law and hence lawlessness. For example, Ps 51:5 LXX sets the two in parallel, and Paul in Rom 4:7 (quoting Ps 32:1 ) does the same. For the author, it is not violation of the Mosaic law that results in lawlessness, since he is writing to Christians. The ‘law’ for the author is the law of love, as given by Jesus in the new commandment of John 13:34-35 . This is the command to love one’s brother, a major theme of 1 John and the one specific sin in the entire letter which the opponents are charged with ( 3:17 ). Since the author has already labeled the opponents “antichrists” in 2:18 , it may well be that he sees in their iniquitous behavior of withdrawing from the community and refusing to love the brethren a foreshadowing of the apocalyptic iniquity of the end times (cf. 2 Thess 2:3-8 ). In Matt 24:11-12 Jesus foretold that false prophets would arise in the end times (cf. 1 John 4:1 ), that lawlessness ( anomia ) would increase, and that “the love of many will grow cold” (which would certainly fit the author’s portrait of the opponents here).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A4/2"}
|
||||
{"id":8184,"verse_id":"1JN.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"The one who practices righteousness. The participle ( ὁ ποιῶν , Jo poiwn ) + noun constructions in 3:7 and in 3:8 a, the first positive and the second negative, serve to emphasize the contrast between the true Christians (“the one who practices righteousness”) and the opponents (“the one who practices sin,” 3:8 a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":8185,"verse_id":"1JN.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"The person who practices sin is of the devil. 1 John 3:10 and John 8:44 might be cited as parallels, because these speak of opponents as the devil’s “children.” However, it is significant that the author of 1 John never speaks of the opponents as “fathered by the devil” in the same sense as Christians are “fathered by God” ( 3:9 ). A concept of evildoers as “fathered” by the devil in the same sense as Christians are fathered by God would imply a much more fully developed Gnosticism with its dualistic approach to humanity. The author of 1 John carefully avoids saying that the opponents are “fathered by the devil,” because in Johannine theology not to be fathered by God is to be fathered only by the flesh ( John 1:13 ). This is a significant piece of evidence that 1 John predates the more fully developed Gnosticism of the 2nd century. What the author does say is that the opponents (“the one who practices sin”) are from the devil, in the sense that they belong to him and have given him their allegiance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":8186,"verse_id":"1JN.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"4","reference":"3.11","text":"For this is the gospel message…that we should love one another. The structure of this verse is parallel to 1:5 , indicating the beginning of a second major section of the letter.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A11/4"}
|
||||
{"id":8187,"verse_id":"1JN.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Since the author states that Cain … was of the evil one ( ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ , ek tou ponhrou ), in the immediate context this imagery serves as an illustration of 3:8 a: The person who practices sin is of the devil ( ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου , ek tou diabolou ). This is similar to John 8:44 , where Jesus told his opponents “you people are from your father the devil…[who] was a murderer from the beginning.” In both Jewish and early Christian writings Cain is a model for those who deliberately disbelieve; Testament of Benjamin 7:5 looks forward to the punishment of those who “are like Cain in the envy and hatred of brothers.” It is not difficult to see why the author of 1 John used Cain here as a model for the opponents in light of their failure to “love the brothers” (see 1 John 3:17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":8188,"verse_id":"1JN.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"Cf. John 15:18 , where this phrase also occurs.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A13/2"}
|
||||
{"id":8189,"verse_id":"1JN.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"3","reference":"3.14","text":"Cf. John 5:24 , where this phrase also occurs.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A14/3"}
|
||||
{"id":8190,"verse_id":"1JN.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"6","reference":"3.14","text":"The one who does not love remains in death. Again, the author has the secessionist opponents in view. Their refusal to show love for the brothers demonstrates that they have not made the transition from (spiritual) death to (spiritual) life, but instead have remained in a state of (spiritual) death.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A14/6"}
|
||||
{"id":8191,"verse_id":"1JN.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Everyone who hates his fellow Christian is a murderer. On one level it is easy to see how the author could say this; the person who hates his brother is one and the same with the person who murders his brother. Behind the usage here, however, is John 8:44 , the only other occurrence of the Greek word translated murderer ( ἀνθρωποκτόνος , anqrwpoktonos ) in the NT, where the devil is described as a “murderer from the beginning.” John 8:44 refers to the devil’s role in bringing death to Adam and Eve, but even more to his involvement (not directly mentioned in the Genesis account, but elaborated in the intertestamental literature, especially the writings of Philo) in Cain’s murder of his brother Abel. This was the first incident of murder in human history and also the first outward demonstration of the full implications of sin’s entry into the world. Ultimately, then, the devil is behind murder, just as he was behind Cain’s murder of Abel. When the hater kills, he shows himself to be a child of the devil (cf. 1 John 3:10 ). Once again, conduct is the clue to paternity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A15/2"}
|
||||
{"id":8192,"verse_id":"1JN.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"3","reference":"3.16","text":"References to the fact that Jesus laid down his life using the verb τίθημι ( tiqhmi ) are unique to the Gospel of John (10:11, 15, 17, 18; 13:37, 38; 15:13) and 1 John (only here). From John’s perspective Jesus’ act in giving up his life sacrificially was a voluntary one; Jesus was always completely in control of the situation surrounding his arrest, trials, and crucifixion (see John 10:18 ). There is a parallel with 1 John 2:6 – there, as here, the life of Jesus (during his earthly ministry) becomes the example for believers to follow. This in turn underscores the importance of Jesus’ earthly life and ministry (especially his sacrificial death on the cross), a point of contention between the author and his opponents in 1 John. See 1 John 4:10 for a further parallel.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A16/3"}
|
||||
{"id":8193,"verse_id":"1JN.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"4","reference":"3.17","text":"Once again the verb μένω ( menw ) is used of a spiritual reality (in this case the love of God) which does or does not reside in a person. Although the author uses the indefinite relative whoever ( Grk ὃς δ᾿ ἄν , Jos d ’ an ), it is clear that he has the opponents in view here. This is the only specific moral fault he ever charges the opponents with in the entire letter. It is also clear that the author sees it as impossible that such a person, who refuses to offer help in his brother’s time of need (and thus ‘hates’ his brother rather than ‘loving’ him, cf. 3:15 ) can have any of the love which comes from God residing in him. This person, from the author’s dualistic ‘either/or’ perspective, cannot be a believer. The semantic force of the deliberative rhetorical question, “How can the love of God reside in such a person?”, is therefore a declarative statement about the spiritual condition of the opponents: “The love of God cannot possibly reside in such a person.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A17/4"}
|
||||
{"id":8194,"verse_id":"1JN.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"5","reference":"3.17","text":"How can the love of God reside in such a person? is a rhetorical question which clearly anticipates a negative answer: The love of God cannot reside in such a person.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A17/5"}
|
||||
{"id":8195,"verse_id":"1JN.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"The noun truth here has been interpreted in various ways: (1) There are a number of interpreters who understand the final noun in this series, truth ( ἀληθείᾳ , alhqeia ) in an adverbial sense (“truly” or “in sincerity”), describing the way in which believers are to love. If the two pairs of nouns are compared, however, it is hard to see how the second noun with tongue ( γλώσσῃ , glwssh ) in the first pair can have an adverbial sense. (2) It seems better to understand the first noun in each pair as produced by the second noun: Words are produced by the tongue, and the (righteous) deeds with which believers are to love one another are produced by the truth.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A18/1"}
|
||||
{"id":8196,"verse_id":"1JN.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"3","reference":"3.23","text":"The author of 1 John repeatedly attributes the commandments given to believers as given by God the Father, even though in John 13:34-35 it was Jesus who gave the commandment to love one another. 2 John 4-5 also attributes the commandment to love one another directly to the Father. Thus it is clear that God the Father is the subject of the verb gave here in 3:23 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A23/3"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
||||
{"id":48021,"verse_id":"1JN.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"According to BDAG 255 s.v. δοκιμάζω 1 the verb means “to make a critical examination of someth. to determine genuineness, put to the test, examine .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A1/2"}
|
||||
{"id":48022,"verse_id":"1JN.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.1","text":"The phrase “to determine” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A1/4"}
|
||||
{"id":48023,"verse_id":"1JN.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.1","text":"“False prophets” refers to the secessionist opponents (compare 2:19 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A1/5"}
|
||||
{"id":48024,"verse_id":"1JN.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"There is no subordinating conjunction following the ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) here in 4:2 , so the phrase could refer either (1) to what precedes or (2) to what follows. Contextually the phrase refers to what follows, because the following clause in 4:2 b-3a ( πᾶν πνεῦμα ὃ ὁμολογεῖ ᾿Ιησοῦν Χριστὸν … ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν , καὶ πᾶν πνεῦμα ὃ μὴ ὁμολογεῖ τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ), while not introduced by a subordinating conjunction, does explain the preceding clause beginning with ἐν τούτῳ . In other words, the following clause in 4:2 b-3a is analogous to a subordinate clause introduced by an epexegetical ἵνα ( Jina ) or ὅτι ( Joti ), and the relationship can be represented in the English translation by a colon, “By this you know the Spirit of God : Every Spirit that confesses Jesus as the Christ who has come in the flesh is from God, but every Spirit that does not confess Jesus is not from God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A2/1"}
|
||||
{"id":48025,"verse_id":"1JN.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “acknowledges.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A2/2"}
|
||||
{"id":48026,"verse_id":"1JN.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.2","text":"and others) read ὁμολογήσῃ αὐτὸν Χριστόν ( Jomologhsh auton Criston ). This structure exactly parallels 1 John 4:2 , and a case can be made that this is actually the preferred reading in John 9:22 ; furthermore, it is clear from the context in John 9:22 that Χριστόν is the complement (what is predicated of the first accusative) since the object (the first accusative) is αὐτόν rather than the proper name ᾿Ιησοῦν . The parallel in John 9:22 thus appears to be clearer than either 1 John 4:2 or 2 John 7 , and thus to prove useful in understanding both the latter constructions.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A2/3"}
|
||||
{"id":48027,"verse_id":"1JN.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"The καί ( kai ) which begins 4:3 introduces the “negative side” of the test by which the spirits might be known in 4:2-3 . Thus it is adversative in force: “every spirit that confesses Jesus as Christ who has come in the flesh is from God, but every Spirit that does not confess Jesus is not from God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A3/1"}
|
||||
{"id":48028,"verse_id":"1JN.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Or “does not acknowledge.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A3/2"}
|
||||
{"id":48029,"verse_id":"1JN.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"4.3","text":"A number of variants are generated from the simple τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ( ton Ihsoun ), some of which turn the expression into an explicit object-complement construction. ᾿Ιησοῦν κύριον ( Ihsoun kurion , “Jesus as Lord”) is found in א , τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν Χριστόν ( ton Ihsoun Criston , “Jesus as Christ”) is read by the Byzantine minuscules, τὸν Χριστόν (“the Christ”) is the reading of 1846, and ᾿Ιησοῦν without the article is found in 1881 2464. But τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν is well supported by A B Ψ 33 81 1739 al , and internally best explains the rise of the others. It is thus preferred on both external and internal grounds.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A3/3"}
|
||||
{"id":48030,"verse_id":"1JN.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.3","text":"“Spirit” is not in the Greek text but is implied.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A3/4"}
|
||||
{"id":48031,"verse_id":"1JN.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"“But” supplied here to bring out the context. The conjunction is omitted in the Greek text (asyndeton).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A6/1"}
|
||||
{"id":48032,"verse_id":"1JN.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"The phrase ἐκ τούτου ( ek toutou ) in 4:6 , which bears obvious similarity to the much more common phrase ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ), must refer to what precedes, since there is nothing in the following context for it to relate to, and 4:1-6 is recognized by almost everyone as a discrete unit. There is still a question, however, of what in the preceding context the phrase refers to. Interpreters have suggested a reference (1) only to 4:6 ; (2) to 4:4-6 ; or (3) to all of 4:1-6 . The last is most likely, because the present phrase forms an inclusion with the phrase ἐν τούτῳ in 3:24 which introduces the present section. Thus “by this we know the Spirit of truth and the spirit of deceit” refers to all of 4:1-6 with its “test” of the spirits by the christological confession made by their adherents in 4:1-3 and with its emphasis on the authoritative (apostolic) eyewitness testimony to the significance of Jesus’ earthly life and ministry in 4:4-6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A6/2"}
|
||||
{"id":48033,"verse_id":"1JN.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"This ὅτι ( Joti ) is causal, giving the reason why the readers, as believers, ought to love one another: because love comes from God. The next clause, introduced by καί ( kai ), does not give a second reason (i.e., is not related to the ὅτι clause), but introduces a second and additional thought: Everyone who loves is fathered by God and knows God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A7/1"}
|
||||
{"id":48034,"verse_id":"1JN.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"As in 2:23 and 3:4 , the author uses πᾶς ( pas ) with the present articular participle as a generalization to describe a category of people. sn From the author’s “either/or” perspective (which tends to see things in terms of polar opposites) the use of a generalization like everyone who presents a way of categorizing the opponents on the one hand and the recipients, whom the author regards as genuine Christians, on the other. Thus everyone who loves refers to all true Christians, who give evidence by their love for one another that they have indeed been begotten by God and are thus God’s children. The opposite situation is described in the following verse, 4:8 , where (although everyone [ πᾶς , pas ] is omitted) it is clear that a contrast is intended.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A7/2"}
|
||||
{"id":48035,"verse_id":"1JN.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.7","text":"The verb γεννάω ( gennaw ) in this context means to be fathered by God and thus a child of God. The imagery in 1 John is that of the male parent who fathers children (see especially 3:9 and 5:1 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A7/3"}
|
||||
{"id":48036,"verse_id":"1JN.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"The author proclaims in 4:8 ὁ θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν ( Jo qeo\" agaph estin ), but from a grammatical standpoint this is not a proposition in which subject and predicate nominative are interchangeable (“God is love” does not equal “love is God”). The predicate noun is anarthrous, as it is in two other Johannine formulas describing God, “God is light” in 1 John 1:5 and “God is Spirit” in John 4:24 . The anarthrous predicate suggests a qualitative force, not a mere abstraction, so that a quality of God’s character is what is described here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A8/1"}
|
||||
{"id":48037,"verse_id":"1JN.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Once again there is the problem of determining whether the phrase ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) refers (1) to what precedes or (2) to what follows. This is the first of 5 uses of the phrase in the present section ( 4:9, 10, 13, 17; 5:2 ). In this case (as also in the next two instances) there is a ὅτι ( Joti ) clause following which is related and which explains (i.e., which is epexegetical to) the phrase ἐν τούτῳ . Thus the meaning here is, “ By this the love of God is revealed in us: that God has sent his only Son into the world in order that we might live through him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A9/1"}
|
||||
{"id":48038,"verse_id":"1JN.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"In terms of syntax the force of the genitive τοῦ θεοῦ ( tou qeou ) may be (1) objective, (2) subjective, or (3) both. The phrase occurs for the first time in the letter in 2:5 . Here in 4:9 the epexegetical ὅτι ( Joti ) clause which follows makes it clear that this is a subjective genitive, emphasizing God’s love for us rather than our love for God, because it describes God’s action in sending his Son into the world.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A9/2"}
|
||||
{"id":48039,"verse_id":"1JN.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.9","text":"This phrase is best understood as the equivalent of a dative of sphere, but this description does not specify where the love of God is revealed with regard to believers: “in our midst” (i.e., among us) or “within us” (i.e., internally within believers). The latter is probable, because in the context the concept of God’s indwelling of the believer is mentioned in 4:12 : “God resides ( μένει , menei ) in us.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A9/3"}
|
||||
{"id":48040,"verse_id":"1JN.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Once again there is the (by now familiar) problem of determining whether the referent of this phrase (1) precedes or (2) follows. Here there are two ὅτι ( Joti ) clauses which follow, both of which are epexegetical to the phrase ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) and explain what the love of God consists of: first, stated negatively, “not that we have loved God,” and then positively, “but that he loved us and sent his Son to be the atoning sacrifice for our sins.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A10/1"}
|
||||
{"id":48041,"verse_id":"1JN.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"The two ὅτι ( Joti ) clauses are epexegetical to the phrase ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) which begins the verse. sn What is important (as far as the author is concerned) is not whether we love God (or say that we love God – a claim of the opponents is probably behind this), but that God has loved us and sent his Son to be the atoning sacrifice which removes believers’ sins . This latter point is similar to the point made in 2:2 and is at the heart of the author’s dispute with the opponents, because they were denying any salvific value to Jesus’ earthly life and ministry, including his death on the cross.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A10/2"}
|
||||
{"id":48042,"verse_id":"1JN.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Grk “and.” The Greek conjunction καί ( kai ) introduces the apodosis of the conditional sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A11/1"}
|
||||
{"id":48043,"verse_id":"1JN.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"This is a first-class conditional sentence with εἰ ( ei ) + aorist indicative in the protasis. Reality is assumed for the sake of argument with a first-class condition. sn The author here assumes the reality of the protasis (the “if” clause), which his recipients, as believers, would also be expected to agree with: Assuming that God has loved us in this way, then it follows that we also ought to love one another. God’s act of love in sending his Son into the world to be the atoning sacrifice for our sins (v. 10 ) ought to motivate us as believers to love one another in a similar sacrificial fashion. The author made the same point already in 1 John 3:16 . But this failure to show love for fellow believers is just what the opponents are doing: In 1 John 3:17 the author charged them with refusing to love their brothers by withholding needed material assistance. By their failure to love the brothers sacrificially according to the example Jesus set for believers, the opponents have demonstrated again the falsity of their claims to love God and know God (see 1 John 2:9 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A11/2"}
|
||||
{"id":48044,"verse_id":"1JN.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.12","text":"The phrase “God resides in us” ( ὁ θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν μένει , Jo qeo\" en Jhmin menei ) in 4:12 is a reference to the permanent relationship which God has with the believer. Here it refers specifically to God’s indwelling of the believer in the person of the Holy Spirit, as indicated by 4:13 b. Since it refers to state and not to change of status it is here translated “resides” (see 2:6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A12/2"}
|
||||
{"id":48045,"verse_id":"1JN.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.12","text":"The phrase “his [God’s] love is perfected ( τετελειωμένη ἐστίν , teteleiwmenh estin ) in us” in 4:12 is difficult. First it is necessary to decide whether αὐτοῦ ( autou ), which refers to God, is (1) subjective (God’s love for us) or (2) objective (our love for God). It is clear that a subjective genitive, stressing God’s love for us, is in view here, because the immediate context, 4:11 a, has believers as the objects of God’s love ( ὁ θεὸς ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς , Jo qeo\" hgaphsen Jhma\" ). The entire phrase ἡ ἀγάπη αὐτοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν τετελειωμένη ἐστίν ( Jh agaph autou en Jhmin teteleiwmenh estin ) then refers to what happens when believers love one another (note the protasis of the conditional sentence in 4:12 , ἐάν ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους [ ean agapwmen allhlou\" ]). The love that comes from God, the love that he has for us, reaches perfection in our love for others, which is what God wants and what believers are commanded to do (see 3:23 b).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A12/3"}
|
||||
{"id":48046,"verse_id":"1JN.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Again whether the referent of the phrase ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) (1) precedes or (2) follows is a problem. This time there are two ὅτι ( Joti ) clauses which follow. The first is an indirect discourse clause related to γινώσκομεν ( ginwskomen ) and giving the content of what believers know: “that we reside in him and he in us.” The second ὅτι clause is epexegetical (or explanatory) to the ἐν τούτῳ phrase, explaining how believers know that they reside in God and God remains in them: “in that he has given us of his Spirit.” sn By this we know. According to the author of 1 John, the Father’s giving of the indwelling Holy Spirit to the believer is one means of providing assurance to the believer of his relationship to God. This is what was also stated in 1 John 3:24 b in essentially identical terms.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A13/1"}
|
||||
{"id":48047,"verse_id":"1JN.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"Grk “in him.” Context indicates that the pronoun refers to God (see 4:12 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A13/2"}
|
||||
{"id":48048,"verse_id":"1JN.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Because σωτῆρα ( swthra ) is the object complement of υἱόν ( Juion ) in a double accusative construction in 4:14 , there is an understood equative verb joining the two, with the resultant meaning “the Father sent the Son to be the Savior of the world.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A14/1"}
|
||||
{"id":48049,"verse_id":"1JN.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Grk “Whoever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A15/1"}
|
||||
{"id":48050,"verse_id":"1JN.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.15","text":"Here μένει ( menei , from μένω [ menw ]) has been translated as “resides” because the confession is constitutive of the relationship, and the resulting state (“God resides in him”) is in view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A15/2"}
|
||||
{"id":48051,"verse_id":"1JN.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Both ἐγνώκαμεν ( egnwkamen ) and πεπιστεύκαμεν ( pepisteukamen ) in 4:16 are perfect tenses, implying past actions with existing results. In this case the past action is specified as the recognition of ( ἐγνώκαμεν ) and belief in ( πεπιστεύκαμεν ) “the love which God has in us.” But what is the relationship between the two verbs γινώσκω ( ginwskw ) and πιστεύω ( pisteuw )? (1) Some interpreters would see a different nuance in each. (2) But in the Gospel of John the two verbs frequently occur together in the same context, often in the same tense; examples may be found in John 6:69, 8:31-32, 10:38, 14:7-10, and 17:8 . They also occur together in one other context in 1 John, 4:1-2 . Of these John 6:69 , Peter’s confession, is the closest parallel to the usage here: “We have come to believe [ πεπιστεύκαμεν ] and to know [ ἐγνώκαμεν ] that you are the holy One of God.” Here the order between “knowing” and “believing” is reversed from 1 John 4:16 , but an examination of the other examples from the Gospel of John should make it clear that there is no difference in meaning when the order of the terms is reversed. It appears that the author considered both terms to describe a single composite action. Thus they represent a hendiadys which describes an act of faith/belief/trust on the part of the individual; knowledge (true knowledge) is an inseparable part of this act of faith.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A16/1"}
|
||||
{"id":48052,"verse_id":"1JN.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"The force of the preposition ἐν ( en ) in the phrase ἐν ἡμῖν ( en Jhmin ) in 4:16 a is disputed: Although (1) “for” (in the sense of “on behalf of”) is possible and is a common English translation, the other uses of the same phrase in 4:9 (where it refers to God’s love for us) and 4:12 (where it refers to God’s indwelling of the believer) suggest that (2) the author intends to emphasize interiority here – a reference to God’s love expressed in believers. This is confirmed by the only other uses in 1 John of the verb ἔχω ( ecw ) with the preposition ἐν ( 3:15 and 5:10 ) both of which literally mean something in someone.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A16/2"}
|
||||
{"id":48053,"verse_id":"1JN.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.16","text":"Once again μένω ( menw ) in its three occurrences in 4:16 looks at the mutual state of believers and God. No change of status or position is in view in the context, so the participle and both finite verbs are translated as “resides.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A16/3"}
|
||||
{"id":48054,"verse_id":"1JN.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"The referent of ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) here is more difficult to determine than most, because while there are both ἵνα ( Jina ) and ὅτι ( Joti ) clauses following, it is not clear whether or not they are related to the ἐν τούτῳ . There are actually three possibilities for the referent of ἐν τούτῳ in 4:17 : (1) it may refer to the ἵνα clause which immediately follows, so that the love of believers is brought to perfection in that they have confidence in the day of judgment. The main problem with this interpretation is that since the day of judgment is still future, it necessitates understanding the second use of the preposition “in” (second ἐν [ en ]) to mean “about” or “concerning” with reference to the day of judgment in order to make logical sense. (2) The ἐν τούτῳ may refer to the ὅτι clause in 4:17 b, meaning “love is perfected with us… in that just as he [Christ] is, so also are we in this world.” This makes logical sense, and there are numerous cases where ἐν τούτῳ is explained by a ὅτι clause that follows. However, according to this understanding the intervening ἵνα clause is awkward, and there is no other instance of the phrase ἐν τούτῳ explained by a following ὅτι clause where a ἵνα clause intervenes between the two in this way. (3) Thus, the third possibility is that ἐν τούτῳ refers to what precedes in 4:16 b, and this also would make logical sense: “By this – by our residing in love so that we reside in God and he resides in us – is love brought to perfection with us.” This has the additional advantage of agreeing precisely with what the author has already said in 4:12 : “If we love one another, God remains in us and his love is brought to perfection in us.” Thus option (3) is best, with the phrase ἐν τούτῳ referring to what precedes in 4:16 b, and the ἵνα clause which follows indicates the result of this perfection of love in believers: In the future day of judgment they will have confidence. The ὅτι clause would then give the reason for such confidence in the day of judgment: because just as Jesus is, so also are believers in this world – they are already currently in relationship with God just as Jesus is.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A17/1"}
|
||||
{"id":48055,"verse_id":"1JN.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.17","text":"The preposition μετά ( meta ) means “with” and modifies the verb τετελείωται ( teteleiwtai ). If the prepositional phrase modified the noun ἡ ἀγάπη which immediately precedes it, it would almost certainly have the Greek article, thus: ἡ ἀγάπη ἡ μεθ᾿ ἡμῶν ( Jh agaph Jh meq ’ Jhmwn ). sn To say love is perfected with us means “with regard to our actions in loving our brothers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A17/2"}
|
||||
{"id":48056,"verse_id":"1JN.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.17","text":"Grk “that one” (a reference to Jesus is indicated in the context). Once more the author uses the pronoun ἐκεῖνος ( ekeinos ) to refer to Jesus Christ, as he did in 2:6; 3:3, 5, 7, and 16 . A reference to Christ is confirmed in this context because the author says that “just as he is, so also are we [believers] in this world ” and since 3:2 indicated that believers are to be like God in the future (but are not yet), the only one believers can be like already in the present age is Jesus Christ.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A17/3"}
|
||||
{"id":48057,"verse_id":"1JN.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.18","text":"Grk “punishment, and the person who fears.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A18/2"}
|
||||
{"id":48058,"verse_id":"1JN.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.18","text":"“Punishment” is not repeated in the Greek text at this point but is implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A18/3"}
|
||||
{"id":48059,"verse_id":"1JN.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"Grk “if anyone should say…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A20/1"}
|
||||
{"id":48060,"verse_id":"1JN.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.20","text":"“Yet” is supplied to bring out the contrast.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A20/2"}
|
||||
{"id":48061,"verse_id":"1JN.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.20","text":"See note on the phrase “fellow Christian” in 2:9 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A20/3"}
|
||||
{"id":48062,"verse_id":"1JN.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.20","text":"See note on the phrase “fellow Christian” in 2:9 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A20/4"}
|
||||
{"id":48063,"verse_id":"1JN.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"The ἵνα ( Jina ) clause in 4:21 could be giving (1) the purpose or (2) the result of the commandment mentioned in the first half of the verse, but if it does, the author nowhere specifies what the commandment consists of. It makes better sense to understand this ἵνα clause as (3) epexegetical to the pronoun ταύτην ( tauthn ) at the beginning of 4:21 and thus explaining what the commandment consists of: “that the one who loves God should love his brother also.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A21/1"}
|
||||
{"id":48064,"verse_id":"1JN.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.21","text":"See note on the phrase “fellow Christian” in 2:9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A21/2"}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
|
||||
{"id":8197,"verse_id":"1JN.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"1 John 4:1-6 . These verses form one of three units within 1 John that almost all interpreters consider a single unit and do not divide up (the other two are 2:12-14 and 15-17 ). The subject matter is so clearly different from the surrounding context that these clearly constitute separate units of thought. Since the Holy Spirit is not the only spirit active in the world, the author needs to qualify for the recipients how to tell if a spirit comes from God. The “test” is the confession in 4:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A1/1"}
|
||||
{"id":8198,"verse_id":"1JN.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"3","reference":"4.1","text":"Test the spirits. Since in the second half of the present verse the author mentions “false prophets” who have “gone out into the world,” it appears highly probable that his concept of testing the spirits is drawn from the OT concept of testing a prophet to see whether he is a false prophet or a true one. The procedure for testing a prophet is found in Deut 13:2-6 and 18:15-22 . An OT prophet was to be tested on the basis of (a) whether or not his predictive prophecies came true ( Deut 18:22 ) and (b) whether or not he advocated idolatry ( Deut 13:1-3 ). In the latter case the people of Israel are warned that even if the prophet should perform an authenticating sign or wonder, his truth or falsity is still to be judged on the basis of his claims, that is, whether or not he advocates idolatry. Here in 1 John the idea of “testing the spirits” comes closer to the second OT example of “testing the prophets” mentioned above. According to 1 John 4:2-3 , the spirits are to be tested on the basis of their christological confession: The person motivated by the Spirit of God will confess Jesus as the Christ who has come in the flesh , while the person motivated by the spirit of deceit will not confess Jesus and is therefore not from God. This comes close to the idea expressed by Paul in 1 Cor 12:3 where the person speaking charismatic utterances is also to be judged on the basis of his christological confession: “So I want you to understand that no one speaking by the Spirit of God says, ‘Jesus is cursed,’ and no one can say ‘Jesus is Lord,’ except by the Holy Spirit.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A1/3"}
|
||||
{"id":8199,"verse_id":"1JN.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Them refers to the secessionist opponents, called “false prophets” in 4:1 (compare 2:19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A4/1"}
|
||||
{"id":8200,"verse_id":"1JN.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"3","reference":"4.6","text":"Who or what is the Spirit of truth and the spirit of deceit in 1 John 4:6 ? (1) Some interpreters regard the “spirits” in 4:6 as human spirits. Although 4:1 a is ambiguous and might refer either to human spirits or spiritual beings who influence people, it is clear in the context that (2) the author sees behind the secessionist opponents with their false Christology the spirit of the Antichrist, that is, Satan ( 4:3 b), and behind the true believers of the community to which he is writing, the Spirit of God ( 4:2 ). This is made clear in 4:4 by the reference to the respective spirits as the One who is in you and the one who is in the world .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A6/3"}
|
||||
{"id":8201,"verse_id":"1JN.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"4","reference":"4.9","text":"Although the word translated one and only ( μονογενής , monogenhs ) is often rendered “only begotten,” such a translation is misleading, since in English it appears to express a metaphysical relationship. The word in Greek was used of an only child (a son [ Luke 7:12, 9:38 ] or a daughter [ Luke 8:42 ]). It was also used of something unique (only one of its kind) such as the mythological bird called the Phoenix (1 Clement 25:2). From here it passes easily to a description of Isaac ( Heb 11:17 and Josephus, Ant. 1.13.1 [1.222]) who was not Abraham’s only son, but was one-of-a-kind because he was the child of the promise. Thus the word means “one-of-a-kind” and is reserved for Jesus alone in the Johannine literature of the NT. While all Christians are children of God ( τέκνα θεοῦ , tekna qeou ), Jesus is God’s Son in a unique, one-of-a-kind sense. The word is used in this way in all its uses in the Gospel of John ( 1:14, 18; 3:16, 18 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A9/4"}
|
||||
{"id":8202,"verse_id":"1JN.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"3","reference":"4.10","text":"As explained at 2:2 , inherent in the meaning of the word translated atoning sacrifice ( ἱλασμός , Jilasmos ) is the idea of turning away the divine wrath, so that “propitiation” is the closest English equivalent. God’s love for us is expressed in his sending his Son to be the propitiation (the propitiatory sacrifice) for our sins on the cross. This is an indirect way for the author to allude to one of the main points of his controversy with the opponents: the significance for believers’ salvation of Jesus’ earthly life and ministry, including especially his sacrificial death on the cross. The contemporary English “atoning sacrifice” communicates this idea more effectively.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A10/3"}
|
||||
{"id":8203,"verse_id":"1JN.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"An allusion to John 1:18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A12/1"}
|
||||
{"id":8204,"verse_id":"1JN.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"3","reference":"4.13","text":"The genitive of his Spirit here, like the phrase in 3:24 , probably reflects a partitive nuance, so that the author portrays God as ‘apportioning’ his Spirit to individual believers. This leads to the important observation that the author is not particularly interested in emphasizing (1) the ongoing interior witness of the Holy Spirit (which is what the passage is often understood to mean) but is emphasizing (2) the fact that God has given the Spirit to believers, and it is this fact that gives believers assurance of their relationship to God. In other words, it is the fact that the Holy Spirit has been given to believers, rather than the ongoing interior testimony of the Holy Spirit within the believer, which is the primary source of the believer’s assurance.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A13/3"}
|
||||
{"id":8205,"verse_id":"1JN.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"The entire phrase fear has to do with punishment may be understood in two slightly different ways: (1) “fear has its own punishment” or (2) “fear has to do with [includes] punishment.” These are not far apart, however, and the real key to understanding the expression lies in the meaning of the word “punishment” ( κόλασις , kolasis ). While it may refer to torture or torment (BDAG 555 s.v. 1 ) there are numerous Koine references involving eternal punishment (2 Macc 4:38; T. Reu. 5:5; T. Gad 7:5) and this is also the use in the only other NT reference, Matt 25:46 . In the present context, where the author has mentioned having confidence in the day of judgment ( 4:17 ), it seems virtually certain that eternal punishment (or fear of it) is what is meant here. The (only) alternative to perfected love, which results in confidence at the day of judgment, is fear, which has to do with the punishment one is afraid of receiving at the judgment. As 4:18 b states, “ the one who fears [punishment] has not been perfected in love .” It is often assumed by interpreters that the opposite to perfected love (which casts out fear) is imperfect love (which still has fear and therefore no assurance). This is possible, but it is not likely, because the author nowhere mentions ‘imperfect’ love, and for him the opposite of ‘perfected’ love appears to be not imperfect love but hate (cf. 4:20 ). In other words, in the antithetical (‘either/or’) categories in which the author presents his arguments, one is either a genuine believer, who becomes ‘perfected’ in love as he resides in love and in a mutually indwelling relationship with God (cf. 4:16 b), or one is not a genuine believer at all, but one who (like the opponents) hates his brother, is a liar, and does not know God at all. This individual should well fear judgment and eternal punishment because in the author’s view that is precisely where such a person is headed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A18/1"}
|
||||
{"id":8206,"verse_id":"1JN.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"1","reference":"4.19","text":"No object is supplied for the verb love (the author with his propensity for obscurity has left it to the readers to supply the object). The obvious objects that could be supplied from the context are either God himself or other believers (the brethren). It may well be that the author has both in mind at this point; the statement is general enough to cover both alternatives, although the following verse puts more emphasis on love for the brethren.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A19/1"}
|
||||
{"id":8207,"verse_id":"1JN.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"study_note","label":"NET study note","caller":"5","reference":"4.20","text":"In 4:20 the author again describes the opponents, who claim to love God. Their failure to show love for their fellow Christians proves their claim to know God to be false: The one who does not love his fellow Christian whom he has seen cannot love God whom he has not seen .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A20/5"}
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user